{"1": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3618", "width": "2512", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0001.jp2"}, "2": {"fulltext": "Class I i\\nBook\\n(kpightlJ?\\nCOPYRIGHT DEPOSnV", "height": "3473", "width": "2404", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0002.jp2"}, "3": {"fulltext": "*fv,-", "height": "3473", "width": "2537", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0003.jp2"}, "4": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3349", "width": "2296", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0004.jp2"}, "5": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3349", "width": "2296", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0005.jp2"}, "6": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3349", "width": "2296", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0006.jp2"}, "7": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3349", "width": "2296", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0007.jp2"}, "8": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3349", "width": "2296", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0008.jp2"}, "9": {"fulltext": "THE JACK OF ALL TRADES\\nOR\\nNEW IDEAS FOR AMERICAN BOYS", "height": "3349", "width": "2296", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0009.jp2"}, "10": {"fulltext": "Books by Daniel C, Beard\\nTHE JACK OF ALL TRADES or, New Ideas\\nFOR American Boys. Profusely Illustrated by\\nthe Author. Square 8vo. ^2.00.\\nTHE OUTDOOR HANDY BOOK, for Play-\\nground, Field and Forest. With 300 Illus-\\ntrations by the Author. Neiv Edition. Square\\n8vo. $2.00.\\nTHE AMERICAN BOY S HANDY BOOK;\\nor, What to Do and How to Do It. With\\nmore than 300 Illustrations by the Author.\\nSquare 8vo. ^5^2. 00.\\nBy the Misses Beard\\nthe american girl s handy book;\\nor. How TO Amuse Yourself and Others.\\nWith more than 300 Illustrations. Neiv and\\nEnlarged Edition. Square 8vo. $2.00.", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0010.jp2"}, "11": {"fulltext": "IkEjAGK\\nOf AtL ThADES\\nBY\\nD.C.Beard\\nNew York\\nCharles\\nScribner s\\nSons.\\n1900", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0011.jp2"}, "12": {"fulltext": "47052\\n)_ibr*if y of Oonv^ress\\n^Nfcv toPiti KtC\u00e2\u0082\u00aci*ED\\nSEP 14 1900\\n.K^\\nCopyrigW \u00c2\u00abitry\\nM^JS, /f(Hy\\nHo.^/.^rHiTff:...\\nStCONP COPY.\\nD\u00c2\u00ab!lv\u00c2\u00abiiil te\\nOfiDtfi DIVISION,\\nSEP 20 1900\\nS0051\\nCopyright, 1900, by\\nCHARLES SCRIBNER S SONS", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0012.jp2"}, "13": {"fulltext": "PREFACE.\\nIt was not the author s original intention to produce a\\nseries of boys books. On the contrary, he expected that\\nhis work in this line would begin and end with The\\nAmerican Boy s Handy Book.\\nThe great popularity of that book is a constant source\\nof gratification and pleasure to the author but he was not\\na little surprised and embarrassed when he discovered\\nthat in place of satisfying the lads he had only whetted\\ntheir appetite for more material in the same line. Letters\\nfrom boys in many parts of the British Provinces, and from\\nall over the United States, convinced the writer that he had\\nyet work to do for them, and the revised and enlarged\\nedition of The American Boy s Handy Book was issued.\\nAfter a brief period of time the quaintly worded letters\\nin boyish handwriting began again to increase the mail\\nleft at the author s studio, and this time he laid aside his\\nbrush and pencil to produce The Outdoor Handy Book.\\nIt is hoped that the present demand for new ideas for\\nboys will be fully satisfied by The Jack of All Trades.\\nTo the best of the author s knowledge and belief there is\\nnot a thing described in this book which has not been\\nproved practical by the experiments of himself or some boy", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0013.jp2"}, "14": {"fulltext": "VI Preface,\\nor boys. Parts of this book have appeared in various\\nperiodicals, but all these chapters have been revised, and\\nenlarged.\\nIt is now a generally accepted truth that the so-called\\nskill of the hand is in reality the skill of a trained mind.\\nThe necessity, in work or play, of constantly overcoming\\nnew obstacles and solving new problems, develops a strong\\nand normal mind and body. There can be little doubt that\\nthe rude schooling and hard knocks of a pioneer s life re-\\njuvenated our race and developed those qualities in the\\ncharacters of Americans, without which Washington would\\nhave been but a country gentleman and Lincoln a village\\nstore-keeper. Had little Abe Lincoln been reared under\\nthe care of a foreign woman with cap and ribbons (i,e. a\\nFrench nurse), his strong manly character would never\\nhave been developed and our country would have lost one\\nof its grandest patriots and history its most unique figure.\\nAside from these vitally important facts, art demands\\nthat our youth should be encouraged to do things for them-\\nselves, to produce things by their own labor. The most\\nfinished product of the machine cannot appeal to the heart\\nof a real artist as does some useful and homely object\\nwhich still bears the marks of its maker s hands.\\nFor these reasons the author hopes that parents will\\nallow their boys to be boyish boys and in order to keep\\nthem out of mischief they will cater to the lads natural and\\nhealthy desire for entertainment by encouraging them in\\nall rational projects and supplying them with tools and", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0014.jp2"}, "15": {"fulltext": "Preface, vii\\nmaterials, so that the boys may ail become juvenile Jacks\\nof All Trades.\\nIt is the object of the author, in the chapters devoted to\\nanimal life, to teach the boys to look upon all animals with\\nthe same thoughtful kindness with which they might view\\ntheir own undeveloped brothers.\\nTo Harper Brothers, and to The Ladies^ Home Journal\\nthe thanks of the author are due for the careful preserva-\\ntion and return of such original drawings as were used by\\nthem in their respective publications, and without which\\nthis work would be incomplete.\\nD. C. B.\\nFlushing, June i, 1900.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0015.jp2"}, "16": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0016.jp2"}, "17": {"fulltext": "CONTENTS.\\nPART I.\\nFAIR WEATHER IDEAS.\\nCHAPTER I.\\nPAGE\\nTree-Top Club Houses 3\\nThe River Rats, 5 A Tree-top Retreat, 6 The Secret Grape-vine Route,\\n7 A Club-house in the Tree-tops, 8 A Tw^o-tree House, 9 How to\\nBuild the Foundation, 14 The One-tree House, 16 A Three- and\\nFour-tree Foundation, 18.\\nCHAPTER II.\\nHunting Without a Gun 19\\nHow to Capture and Trap Small Live Animals, 19; Rodents or Gnaw-\\ners, 21 A Smudge, 22 Flying Squirrels, 23 White-footed Mice,\\n25 Short-tailed Meadow-rats, 26 Jumping Mice, 27 Woodchucks,\\n27; A Box Trap, 30; Musk-rats, 31.\\nCHAPTER III.\\nThe Back-yard Zoo S3\\nThe Study of Living Animals, 33 Size of Lot, 35 Galvanized Iron\\nWire Cloth or Netting, 36 The Mesh, 36 To Make a Cage of Gal-\\nvanized Wire Netting, 39 The Door, 40 The Doors for the Run-\\nway, 40 Toads, 43 Frogs, 44 Peepers, 44 The Tree-frog, 45\\nThe Anderson Frog, 45 Lizards, 45.\\n4", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0017.jp2"}, "18": {"fulltext": "X Contents.\\nCHAPTER IV.\\nPAGE\\nA Back-yard Fish-pond 48\\nHow to Make a Fish-pond, 48 By Sinking a Wooden Tank in the\\nGround, 49 Best Form for Such a Tank, 49 To Prevent Wood from\\nDecay, 50 When to Stock, 52 Fresh-water Clams, 53.\\nCHAPTER V.\\nPigeon Lofts and Bantam Coops 54\\nA Pigeon Loft and Bantam Coop, 55 Lumber, 56 Pigeon-loft Floor,\\n56 Shutter Frames, 56 Roofing Material, 57 Doors, 58 The\\nShutters, 59 Cleanliness, 59 The Hen s Nest, 59 The Pigeon s\\nNest, 60 For a Hen Roost, 60 Drinking Troughs, 61 P lying\\nCage, 62.\\nCHAPTER VL\\nHow TO Make a Back-yard Aviary 63\\nBirds Nests in Washington s Coat, 63 Nests in Speaking Horn, 63\\nA Woodpecker s House, 64 Martin Houses, 66 The Wren House, 66\\nTin-can Bird-house, 68 A House of Straw, 68 A Barrel for a Martin\\nHouse, 68,\\nCHAPTER VIL\\nA Boy s Back-yard Workshop 72\\nHow to Make Buildings Plumb and Level, 72 Tools, 73 A Level,\\n74 A Foundation, 76 How to Build the House, 77 Corner Posts,\\n81 The Window, 82 Side Plate, 82 The Rafters, 84 Machine-\\nShop, 85 Tool Rack, 86.\\nCHAPTER VIII.\\nHow TO Build an Underground Club-house 89\\nA Doorway at the Top, 89 The Trap-door, 90 Dimensions of House,\\n90 New Lumber, 92 Framing, 92 Passageway, 93 Windows, 94\\nThe Roof, 94 A Ventilator, 95 Dangerous Caves, 96.", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0018.jp2"}, "19": {"fulltext": "Contents, xi\\nCHAPTER IX.\\nPAGE\\nA Boys Club-house on the Water 97\\nCrusoe Clubs, 97 Foundation of Club-house, 97 The Building Ma-\\nterial, 98 The Foundation Posts, 100 The Bottom of the Pond,\\nloi Temporary Diagonal Braces, 103 An Artificial Island, 104.\\nCHAPTER X.\\nHow TO Have Fun on a Picnic 105\\nJoggling Board, 105 Turnpike Loo, 106 Dinner Box, 106 Rhode\\nIsland Clam Bake, 107; Pennsylvania Pond Stew, 107; Burgoo, 107;\\nHow to Cook a Burgoo, 108; A Game of Jack Fagots, no; Old Dan\\nTucker, no; Pitch-peg-pin Pitching, 112; Lawn Hab-enihan, 114.\\nCHAPTER XI.\\nHow to Build and How to Furnish a Daniel Boone Cabin 116\\nThe Ghosts of the Fireplace, 116 The Log House, 118 Suitable Timber,\\n118; The Skid, 118; The Foundation, 120; Floor Joists, 120; Floor\\nSupports, 120; Log Rolling, 121; Door and Window Openings, 121\\nThe Fireplace, 122; The Roof, 123; The Bunks, 123; A Lincoln\\nBed, 124; The Door, 125; The Lamp, 127; The Chimney, 130; A\\nTable, 131 General Camp Notes for Old Boys, 132 How the Women\\nShould Dress, 133; The Requirements for a Camp, 133 Making the\\nShack, 135 The Brush Covered Lean-to, 136 Tents with Roofed\\nVerandas, 136 What is needed for Table and Larder, 137.\\nCHAPTER XIL\\nFlat-boatman s Horn 137\\nWhittling, 137 Wooden Bugles, 141 The Old Wooden Horn of Cap-\\ntain Bob Collins, 142 The Wabash Horn, 143 How to Make a Wa-\\nbash Horn, 144 The Mouth-piece, 144.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0019.jp2"}, "20": {"fulltext": "xii Contents,\\nCHAPTER XIII.\\nPAGE\\nThe American Boy s House-boat 146\\nBuilding Material, 150; The Centre-piece, 151; The Sides, 151; The\\nBottom, 154; The Cabin, 157; Deck-ribs, 157; The Keel, 159;\\nFlooring, 159; The Hatch, 160; Upper Deck, 160; The Rafters, 160;\\nThe Rudder, 163; Rowlocks, 163; Ash Poles, 164; The Locker, 164;\\nCanvas-cabined House-boat, 166; The Cost of House-boats, 167; For\\nPeople of Limited Means, 168.\\nCHAPTER XIV.\\nA Back-yard Switchback 170\\nThe Wheels, 170 The Flange, 171 The Axles, 172 The Bottom of the\\nCar, 172; Starting Platform, 173; The Track, 178; A Curved Track,\\n178; Cross-ties or Sleepers, 179; Ticket-chopper s Box, 180.\\nCHAPTER XV.\\nHow TO Build a Toboggan-slide in the Back-yard 182\\nSlipperies, 182 A War-time Slippery, 182 Tropical Toboggan-slide,\\n184 A Frame, 185 A Toboggan Room, 186 Packing the Slide or\\nChute, 186.\\nPART II.\\nRAINY DAY IDEAS.\\nCHAPTER XVI.\\nA Home-made Circus 191\\nThe Bath-tub as a Receiving-tank, 191 A Water-wheel, 192 The\\nShaft, 192; Paddles, 193; Hanging-bars, 194; Figures which Move,\\n198.\\nCHAPTER XVII.\\nGood Games with Toothpicks and Matches 201\\nA Simple Toothpick Example, 203 To Lift Three Safety-matches with\\nOne Toothpick, 203 A Spring-bed, 204 Artificial Water, 206 A\\nBridge of Matches, 206 The Piers, 207 The Approaches, 207 The\\nRoof, 207 A Pioneer Settlement, 208 The Chimneys, 208.", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0020.jp2"}, "21": {"fulltext": "Contents, xiii\\nCHAPTER XVIII.\\nPAGE\\nFun with Scissors and Pasteboard and Paper 210\\nHow to Make the Sleigh, 211 How to Make the Horses, 212 To Cut\\nout the Horse, 213 The Pole, 213 The Driver s Whip, 215 Paste-\\nboard Soldiers, 215; Stirrups, 216; How to Make the Soldiers, 216\\nTo Make an Army, 217 Grandmother s Reticule, 218 To Cut a Five-\\npointed Star with One Clip of the Scissors, 220 To Make a Cross\\nInto a Square with Two Cuts, 221.\\nCHAPTER XIX.\\nHow TO Prepare and Give a Boys Chalk-talk 222\\nThe Name Chalk-talk, 224 Drawing-board, 225 Size of Board, 226\\nHeight of Easel, 226 The Drawings Themselves, 227 How to Be-\\ngin, 227 A Stationary Object, 229 Motion, 230 Evolution of the\\nApe, 234.\\nCHAPTER XX.\\nA Christmas Novelty for Boys 237\\nHow to Build and Decorate a Fireplace for Santa Claus, 237 The First\\nStart, 237; Back of the Chimney, 238 The Front Frame, 240; The\\nCovering, 243 To Line the Inside of the Fireplace, 243 Our Ameri-\\ncan St. Nicholas, 243 Costume for Santa Claus, 245 How to Put on\\nthe Clothes, 246.\\nCHAPTER XXI.\\nHow TO Make Two Boys into One Santa Claus 248\\nHow the Legs are Made, 249 The Wig and Beard, 249 The Curtains,\\n249 The Sleigh, 250; The Signal for Legs, 251 The Distribution of\\nthe Presents, 251.\\nCHAPTER XXIL\\nA Circus in the Attic 253\\nHow to Make the Horses and Other Animals, and How to Make the\\nCostumes, 253; The Goat, 253; The Arab Steed, 254; The Neck-\\nbones, 255; The Ribs, 255; The Frame, 256; The Reins, 256; To\\nMake the Giant Bird of New Zealand, 257; The Manicora, 257; The\\nRing-master and his Costume, 259 Making Up, 262.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0021.jp2"}, "22": {"fulltext": "xiv Contents.\\nCHAPTER XXIII.\\nPAGE\\nA Boys Stag-party 263\\nTarget Shooting, 263 To Make the Target, 263 Carpet Tacks as\\nDarts for the Blow-gun, 264 Vegetable Bonbon Boxes, 265 A\\nFake Cake, 266; The Shooting, 267; The Spread, 268; The\\nExplosion of the Fake Cake, 268.\\nCHAPTER XXIV.\\nA Wild West Show in the House 270\\nHow to Reproduce the Patterns, 270 Making the Cowboy, Horse, and\\nIndian, 273 For a Bridle, 274 The Indian Horseman, 275 The\\nBuffalo, 276 The Stage, 277.\\nCHAPTER XXV.\\nHow to Have a Panorama Show 278\\nChoice of Subject, 278 Hunting Suitable Pictures, 279 Colored Fig-\\nures, 280 The Works of the Panorama, 281 The Stage, 282 Foot-\\nlights, 282 How the Panorama Box is Built, 283 The Rollers, 284\\nShow-bills, 286 The Lecture, 287.\\nIndex 289", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0022.jp2"}, "23": {"fulltext": "PART I.\\nFAIR WEATHER IDEAS.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0023.jp2"}, "24": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0024.jp2"}, "25": {"fulltext": "The Jack of All Trades.\\nCHAPTER I.\\nTREE-TOP CLUB HOUSES.\\nIt is now over thirty years since the writer was first\\ninitiated into the delights of a boys club-house in the tree-\\ntops, and it happened in this way\\nThe war of the Rebellion was over for four years the\\nfathers, big brothers, teachers, and policemen of the border\\nStates had had so much serious fighting on their own hands\\nthat little or no attention was paid to the growing generation\\nof boys, and they were left to fight their own battles in their\\nown way.\\nFor four eventful years these boys were under practically\\nno other restraint than the little their poor half-distracted\\nmothers could enforce. The boys, however, did not appear\\nto miss the discipline, nor desire it, and, as far as their\\nphysical health was concerned, they throve and developed\\ninto lusty lads, though many of them recognized no law but\\nthat of physical force.\\nGangs of young toughs, under the leadership of local\\nbullies, frequented the play-grounds and roamed along the\\nriver-fronts, where they hunted down, pillaged, and beat\\nevery unprotected lad they could catch out of sight of his\\nown home.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0025.jp2"}, "26": {"fulltext": "Fair Weather Ideas.\\nIn spite of the fact that the river-fronts were the favorite\\nresorts of the lawless element, those places presented so\\nmany attractions to the juvenile mind that they were the\\npopular play-grounds of all the boys living within reach of\\ntheir muddy banks and turbid waters.\\nAbout this time three boys of a Kentucky town, who\\nwere devoted to boating and bathing, put their curly heads\\ntogether to devise a plan by which they might enjoy their\\nfavorite pastimes, and at the same time secure a safe place\\nof refuge where they could hide when the enemy approached\\nin numbers too strong for the three boys to resist.\\nAfter many conferences, and references to Robinson\\nCrusoe, Swiss Family Robinson, The Coral Islands,\\nand other undoubted authorities, the} decided to build an\\nunderground house, and armed with spades and shovels,\\nthey immediately began work right in the heart of the\\nenemy s country.\\nThey w^orked, as only boys can when they think their\\nwork is fun, and soon excavated a great hole in the river-\\nbank. Not far off were the remains of a flat-boat, and to the\\nheavy pieces of timber the boys harnessed themselves and\\nhauled the lumber over the top of their cave to serve for a\\nroof.\\nWith spade and shovel they carefully concealed the\\ntimber by a thick layer of earth, leaving only a square hole\\nwith a trap-door as an entrance and exit. The dirt was then\\nsmoothed down, and drift-wood, dried weeds, and other\\nrubbish scattered over in such a manner that no one, with-\\nout careful inspection, would suspect that the bank had been\\ntampered with.\\nBut the enemy was alert, and spies had been stealthily\\nChapter VIII. of this book tells how to build an underground club-house.", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0026.jp2"}, "27": {"fulltext": "Tree-top Club Houses.\\nwatching the work progress, and patiently waiting the com-\\npletion of the secret hiding-place. No sooner was the last\\nhandful of rubbish strewn over the roof than, with wild yells\\nand whoops of delight, the River Rats charged upon the\\nsurprised workers.\\nBig Red Resmere in the lead, with Squinty Quinn\\nand Spotty, the freckled-face, close behind, while the rear\\nwas brought up with a rabble of less noted characters, who\\nmore than made up for their own lack of courage by their\\nterror-inspiring yells. It was too formidable a crowd for the\\nthree cave-diggers to parley with, so they ingloriously fled\\nup the bank, leaving the product of their hard work in the\\nhands of the despoilers.\\nThe River Rats\\nused the cave as headquarters, and for a long time afterward\\nwould suddenly sally forth from the concealment of the\\nhole and surprise and beat any strange lad who was in-\\ncautious enough to venture in the neighborhood unprotected\\nby a company of friends. This adventure taught us several\\nthings, and one night, at the dark of the moon, we met\\nin a smoke-hou5e and formed ourselves into a secret society.\\nOver a bottle of strained honey we made solemn vows, and\\nthe secrets of the society have never been divulged until\\nnow.\\nThe name, the purpose, and the fact of there being any\\nsociety were the three great secrets. The name was The\\nThree Ancient Mariners. The object was to stand by each\\nother to the crack of doom, and the seal, 3 A* M, was tat-\\ntooed on each member s good right arm.\\nThe vows were religiously kept, and many a bruised\\nface and discolored eye proved our loyalty to each other,\\nfor the River Rats made constant war upon us, and our", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0027.jp2"}, "28": {"fulltext": "6 Fair Weather Ideas,\\npeaceful plans for fun were often rudely upset by the sud-\\nden appearance of a bright red head, followed by a freckled\\nface and a gang of retainers.\\nThis persecution caused the production of\\nA Tree-top Retreat,\\nwhich, I believe, has never yet been discovered by the\\nenemy, nor any one else.^ To reach our secret camp and\\nclub-house we had to trudge along the dusty turnpike in\\nthe hot sun, with no shade but that afforded by our wide-\\nbrimmed straw hats. After passing an old-fashioned inn,\\nwith its swinging sign decorated with a picture of the bat-\\ntle of Buena Vista, we cut cross-lots over the forts and\\nrifle-pits on the hill-side, built by the Union soldiers at the\\ntime of the Morgan raid. At the end of the lowest rifle-pit\\nwe slid down the cut to the railroad track, and followed it\\nto the fence, with a hollow gate-post, where the bluebirds\\nalways built their nests. Here we left the railway and en-\\ntered a cool belt of woods in which the dainty maidenhair-\\nferns grew on the damp rotten logs and the gray squirrels\\nscolded us from the branches overhead. Following a private\\ntrail, we reached an immense beech-tree which had grown\\naround a shaggy-barked hickory in such a manner that only\\nthe roots and branches of the hickory could be seen, the\\nwhole trunk being embedded and concealed by the smooth\\nbark of the beech, giving it the novel appearance of a tree\\nbearing two entirely different kinds of nuts.\\nUnder the spreading branches of this compound tree\\nwe generally rested awhile and took a look about us, to be\\ncertain that the River Rats were not on our trail then\\nSince the above was written the writer visited the place, found the woods gone\\nand trolley cars running by the old camp.", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0028.jp2"}, "29": {"fulltext": "Tree-top Club Houses.\\ndiving into the hazel thicket, we emerged on the banks of\\na tributary to the Licking River. A giant tulip-tree stood\\non the bank of the creek, and a wild grape-vine, as thick as\\nyour arm, dangled from the branches, which spread like an\\numbrella sixty or seventy feet above us. The vine had\\nbeen cut loose from its roots on the shore, and its severed\\nend hung over a deep, dark pool.\\nThe Secret Grape-Vine\\nRoute.\\nNo boy, outside the mem- o\\nbers of the 3-A-M s, would\\nlook twice at the great snake-\\nlike vine hanging over the\\nlick, and if he should, the\\nvine was far out of reach, and\\nwould be passed by as sug-\\ngesting no possibilities of fun.\\nWell, that is where he\\nwould make his mistake. Con-\\ncealed in the underwood back\\nof the tulip-tree was a long\\npole with a hook on one end,\\nand by means of this imple-\\nment we could grapple the grape-vine and pull the end\\nwithin reach of our hands, and then one of us at a time\\nwould grasp the vine securely with both hands, and step-\\nping back on the bank, give a short run, spring out into\\nmid-air and sail away across the deep hole to drop with a\\nthud upon the opposite bank.\\nOf course all this was unnecessary, for there were plenty\\nof shallow riffs near by where we could wade across but\\nFig. I. Beginning a Two-tree\\nFoundation.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0029.jp2"}, "30": {"fulltext": "8 Fair IVeather Ideas.\\nno lad with any romance in his soul would be guilty of such\\nbaby-work when he knew the secret of the grape-vine route.\\nOnce across we would peer carefully around in the most\\napproved Indian-scout fashion, and when satisfied the coast\\nwas clear we would crouch down and make a wide detour\\nthat would bring us to a large sycamore-tree, which had\\nbeen uprooted by the wind and fallen so that its top rested\\nin the fork of a towering oak-tree. The spreading roots of\\nthe fallen sycamore made a wall of clay fully fifteen feet\\nhigh, which, with the surrounding underbrush and foliage,\\neffectually concealed the fact that in the branches of the\\noak-tree rested a large and strange nest a nest built by\\nwingless birds, for it was the club-house of the Three\\nAncient Mariners The leaning trunk of the uprooted\\ntree made a firm though slippery substitute for a ladder,\\nand here among the branches many a jolly day was passed,\\nand many a meal of fried fish, fresh from the neighboring\\nlick, was devoured by three happy, sunburned boys.\\nDangerous Toughs.\\nExcept in the neighborhood of large cities, there is now-\\nadays not much danger from gangs of brutal, half-grown\\nboys, but in those times the law seldom bothered any one.\\nHowever, even now, privacy and exemption from un-\\nwelcome interruption are desirable, and this can be best\\nsecured by\\nA Club-House in the Tree-tops,\\nfor when the ladder is pulled up no one, without the aid of\\nclimbers, such as line-men use, can hope to gain access\\nto the cosey little house in the branches.\\nIf you can find a tree with three or four strong spreading", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0030.jp2"}, "31": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0031.jp2"}, "32": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0032.jp2"}, "33": {"fulltext": "Tree-top Club Housed. g\\nbranches, the problem of erecting a house is not a difficult\\none. If there are four straight trees the proper distance\\napart, it is a comparatively simple work to erect your house\\nbetween their trunks, high enough to be out of reach of\\nRiver Rats but trees, as a rule, do not regulate their\\ngrowth to suit any set of boys, and the boys must use their\\ningenuity to adapt their houses to the forms and growth of\\nthe available trees.\\nFirst choose your location, and see that it is a desirable\\none to all the club members then, if there are any lofty\\ntrees at\\nThe Desired Spot\\nyou will certainly find an opportunity for a four-tree,\\nthree-tree, two-tree, or one-tree house.\\nThe tree or trees for the purpose must be so tall, that\\nwhen the bottom ladder is pulled up the house will be out\\nof reach of unwelcome callers, and big enough to prevent\\nthe wind from so swaying the house as to give a feeling of\\ninsecurity.\\nA Two-Tree House.\\nLet us suppose that there are only two trees in the\\nproper location which fulfil the requirements, and that\\nthese are tall pines with no branches of any importance\\nbelow their feather-duster-like tops. This presents one of\\nthe most difficult problems to solve but when you know\\nhow, you can erect a most enchanting crow s-nest away\\nup the tall trunks, where the fresh breeze blows over the\\ntops of the smaller trees, and where a good view can be\\nhad of the surrounding country, and the enemy, if there\\nbe one, may be seen while yet a long distance off, giving\\nample time to the club members to pull up the ground\\nladder and place themselves in position to laugh at the foe.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0033.jp2"}, "34": {"fulltext": "10\\nFair IVeather Ideas.\\nHov/ To Start.\\nWith an accomplished woodsman the whole edifice may\\nbe erected with the use of no other tool than an axe but, as\\na rule, the more tools you have at your disposal the better\\nyou can do your work. If you possess a tape-line, measure\\nthe distance with it between the two tree-trunks. If you\\nhave no tape but have a two-foot ruler, make yourself a\\nFig. 2. King Posts and Corbel.\\nlonger measure by marking off the feet and half-feet upon\\na ten or twelve-foot pole, and use it to measure between\\nthe trees. If, however, you have neither, use your legs\\nand pace the distance, and then cut two long, strong poles,\\nand see that they are long enough to span the distance be-\\ntween the trees, leaving plenty of wood to project beyond\\neach tree. Flatten one side of each pole as shown in the\\ndiagram B, B, Fig. i. Next, select a sound log, a foot or so\\nin diameter, quarter it, and make four", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0034.jp2"}, "35": {"fulltext": "Tree-top Club Houses.\\nII\\nSee A, A,\\nA Blocks,\\neach about two feet long,\\nand A\\\\ Fig i.\\nAs it is best to have the bottom of\\nyour house level, you must manage to\\nnail the A blocks the same distance\\nabove the ground on each side of each\\ntree that is, if the ground is level if\\nnot, you must allow for the slant of the\\nearth. Spike the blocks securely to the\\ntrees with six-inch nails, using about\\nthree nails to each block.\\nThe foundation of the house may be\\nhigher than your ladder will reach. In\\nthis case cut two more poles\\nand four more blocks, and\\nat the point where the top\\nof your ladder reaches spike\\non the blocks, and then rest\\nThe B Poles\\non them on each side of the two trees,\\nas in Fig i. Nail the B poles securely\\nto the tree, and with plank or half-round\\nsticks floor the space between the trees,\\nand you will have a good landing below\\nyour house (see Fig. 5) from which a\\nladder may be run to the proposed\\nfoundation. After the upper rods have\\nbeen nailed to the trees and a ladder ad-\\njusted, and for security nailed fast to\\nFig. 3.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 End View of Cor-\\nbel Resting on B Sticks.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0035.jp2"}, "36": {"fulltext": "12\\nFair IVeathe^^ Ideas.\\nthe tree and lower platform, 3^ou are ready to begin the\\nserious work of building. Take a good strong plank, two\\ninches thick, and cut two pieces about six feet long, and\\nshaped as shown by\\nThe Corbel Piece D\\nin Fig. 2 then cut four struts (E, E, in Fig. 2) and two\\nking-posts (C, Fig 2). Shave off the ends of the struts, as\\nFig. 4. Perspective View of Corbels Resting on B Sticks.\\nshown in the diagram, to fit the notches cut in the corbel\\npieces and the king-posts.\\nIt is not necessary to spike this frame together the\\nbig nails might split the timber they may be fastened to-\\ngether slightly with wire nails and strengthened by a piece\\nof hoop-iron nailed on with small nails, as shown in Fig 2", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0036.jp2"}, "37": {"fulltext": "Tree-top Club Houses.\\n13\\nFig. S.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 a Two-Tree House.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0037.jp2"}, "38": {"fulltext": "14 Fair JVeather Ideas.\\nat F, F, F, F, and this will keep the pieces from accident-\\nally slipping out of their bearings, or holes may be bored\\nand the parts held together with screws. The real strain\\nbeing an up-and-down thrust on the notches, the weight\\nwill not bear upon the iron bands or screws. Great care\\nmust be taken to make neat-fitting joints.\\nHow to Build the Foundation.\\nWhen the two pieces of the form of Fig. 2 are com-\\npleted, make fast a line to them and haul them up the tree\\nthen slip the ends of the rods B and B under the corbels D,\\nuntil the king-post C lies flat against the side of the tree-\\ntrunk. Spike C securely to the tree-trunk, as shown in\\nFig. 3 do the same with the other frame on the far side of\\nthe other tree, and you have a firm foundation that will\\nhold more weight than you are liable to put upon it. Now\\ncut two more pieces of two-inch plank, say, ten feet long\\nby four inches broad hoist them up and spike them to the\\ntop of the corbel pieces D, D, so that they will project the\\nsame distance beyond the tree at each end, as in Fig. 4.\\nFrom G to G you may now lay the planks of your floor,\\nif the distance is short if not, put two poles across each\\nside of the trees and nail them to the trunks, and two more\\nacross at each end of the pieces G, G, and nail them to G\\nand G, and then put your flooring on parallel to the G\\nplanks.\\nFrame, Walls, and Roof.\\nThe rest of the work is simple. To shed the rain your\\nroof must incline one way or the other to the front, as in\\nFig. 5, or to the back, as in the one-tree house, Fig. 6.\\nNail on an A block to each tree, and give them the same\\nincline then place two poles for rafters on the A blocks.", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0038.jp2"}, "39": {"fulltext": "Tree-top Club Houses.\\n15\\nFig. 6. Frame of a One-Tree House.\\nand nail them, each with a single nail, to the tree-trunk\\nthis will hold them in place until you cut four straight\\npoles for the uprights at the four corners of your house\\nset these up under the ends of the rafters, and nail the", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0039.jp2"}, "40": {"fulltext": "1 6 Fair Weather Ideas.\\nrafter to them and to the trees then drive two or three\\nnails, slantingly, in the foot of the upright to secure them\\nto the floor (toe-nail. Fig. 92, Chap. IX.). A cross-piece on\\ntop of the front and rear completes the skeleton of your\\nhouse, which may be roofed and the sides c ^vered with\\nboards, or only the roof made of boards with narrow\\nstrips over the cracks and the sides covered with poles,\\nby nailing the latter to the uprights as in Fig. 5. This\\ngives a fine rustic effect, but unless ceiled or boarded up\\non the inside it will allow the wind and rain to beat\\nthrough.\\nIf the trees are further apart than desirable, the house\\ncan be built between the trees, as in Fig. 5, but if the space\\nis no more than required, the house can be built so that the\\nsides enclose the tree-trunks, as the railing of the platform\\ndoes in Fig. 5.\\nA Rustic House.\\nIt is really not necessary to use any plank or boards ex-\\ncept for the roof and floor. A boy who can handle an axe\\nand hatchet well can make the frame. Fig. 2, from timber\\ncut in the woods, but unless he is an expert, or can get\\nthe services of an expert axeman, he had better use plank\\nas directed.\\nThe One-Tree House\\nat first thought seems to be an even more serious problem\\nthan the two-tree house, but a glance at Fig. 6 will show\\nhow it can be built without much trouble.\\nFirst we nail the two A blocks on to the trunk, then the\\ntwo B sticks. After the two B sticks are placed upon the\\nA blocks and nailed to the tree, two more B poles must be\\nlaid over the first at right angles to them, so as to enclose", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0040.jp2"}, "41": {"fulltext": "Tree-top Club Houses.\\n17\\nthe tree-trunk within a square of B sticks. Nail all four\\nsticks securely to the tree. You will notice that in this\\ncase many of the sticks are notched near the ends, as D is\\nin Fig. 2, and for a similar purpose, to receive and hold the\\nends of the struts, which are nailed at their lower ends\\nto the kin^-post (trunk\\nof the trti\\nIt is un-\\nnecessary to notch or\\nmar the trunk of the\\ntree, for the ends of the\\nstruts are cut on an an-\\ngle to rest flat against\\nthe trunk where they\\nare nailed, and the nails\\nwill not injure the tree\\nin the least.\\nFig. 6 shows the roof\\nboards laid clinker, or\\nlap-streak fashion, from\\nside to side. Where\\na roof is laid in this\\nmanner it is not neces-\\nsary or desirable to nail\\nstrips over the cracks,\\nas these are fully pro-\\ntected by the overlap-\\nping boards.\\nWherever it seems\\nnecessary to add to the stability of the foundation of any of\\nthe club-houses described, it can be done by struts from the\\ntree-trunk to the ends of the B sticks or other poles sup-\\nporting the structure.\\nFigs. 7 and 8 show, respectively,\\nFig. 7. Three-Tree House.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0041.jp2"}, "42": {"fulltext": "i8\\nFair IVeather Ideas.\\nA Three- and Four-Tree Foundation,\\nequally applicable to a three or four branch foundation.\\nIt is, of course, impossible for the writer to i;ive exact\\nfigures and iron-clad\\nrules for this style of\\nbuilding, owing to the\\nvariable nature and\\ngrowth of the trees,\\nbut the most difficult\\nproblems are here\\nsolved, and any other\\ncombination of trees\\nor branches will be\\nfound to be only va-\\nriations of the ones\\nhere illustrated and\\ndescribed.\\nAs 1 remember our\\nlittle house in the\\nKentucky oak-tree, it\\nmust have been but a\\nrude affair, yet it was\\ndearer to the hearts\\nFig. 8.-Four-Trec House. of the 3 A JNI s than\\na house and lot on\\nFifth Avenue would be now to the only living member of\\nthe club formed over thirty years ago.", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0042.jp2"}, "43": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER II.\\nHUNTING WITHOUT A GUN.\\nHow to Capture and Trap Small Live Animals.\\nA BOY who can spend part of his time out of town, and\\nis the fortunate owner of a mongrel cur, forms a combina-\\ntion for enjoyment and fun hard to be beaten by anything\\nin nature. A good yellow dog, unencumbered by any aris-\\ntocratic ancestors, is an ideal companion in the wood, and\\nfield it can scent a woodchuck leagues away, it knows just\\nhow to head a chipmonk off from its retreat, and there is\\nnot a trick known to the professional poacher which is not\\nfamiliar to the real country plebeian cur.\\nChipmonks and Woodchucks!\\nThere is a potent charm in those words, which can iron\\nthe wrinkles out of an old brow, and soften the hard lines in\\nthe face of a careworn professional or business man.\\nNot long ago 1 attended a dinner given by the\\nCamp-Fire Club,\\nand there I found ranged around the table an array of vet-\\neran hunters. There were men there who had hunted the\\nroyal Bengal tiger in the jungles of India, men who had\\nfought with rogue elephants, men who had followed the\\nlions to their dens in Africa, men who had tracked the white\\n19", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0043.jp2"}, "44": {"fulltext": "20 Fair Weather Ideas,\\nbear to its lair in the far frozen North. There were gentle-\\nmen who hunted for pleasure, cowboys and scouts Co-\\nquina Shields, Wolf Thompson, Curio Brown, Yel-\\nlowstone Kelly, Andrew J. Stone, and many others equally\\nwell-known in the forests or on the plains were seated at\\nthe big round table.*\\nThat they were real simon-pure sportsmen could be\\nseen at a glance, and yet, when the after-dinner speeches\\nwere made, the sentiments which received the most enthusi-\\nastic applause were those which denounced the killing\\nOF MAN OR BEAST. It could readily be seen that these men\\nonly used the gun when it was necessary to procure food or\\nin self-defence. They all indorsed the use of the camera\\nfor the hunt in place of the murderous gun as one of them\\nremarked, With a kodak every good shot is registered\\nwith the click of the shutter, and an album of good shots is\\na thing of which any man may be proud.\\nWith a little private zoo of captured live game you may\\nhave a living album, which attests the skill of the collector\\nand his knowledge of woodcraft as accurately as any album\\nof photographs.\\nThe next chapter tells how to build a back-yard zoo, and\\nnow we must learn how to stock one. If the reader will\\nG. O. Shields, President of the League of American Sportsmen, editor of\\nRecreation.\\nErnest Seton -Thompson, naturalist to the Government of Manitoba, author of\\nWild Animals I Have Known.\\nCapt. Luther S. Kelly, veteran of the War of 6i and Spanish War, Indian\\nfighter, one of General Custer s scouts and hunters.\\nWilliam Harvey Brown, African traveller, hunter and collector for the United\\nStates Museum, author of On the South African Frontier.\\nA. J. Stone, field naturalist, arctic explorer, hero of a 3,000-mile sledge journey,\\ndiscoverer of several American mammals new to science.", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0044.jp2"}, "45": {"fulltext": "Making a Capture.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0045.jp2"}, "46": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0046.jp2"}, "47": {"fulltext": "Hunting PVithottt a Gun, 21\\nexamine the plans in the chapter mentioned, he will see that\\nthere is one compartment marked\\nReceiving-Cage.\\nThis is the place where our new captures find temporary\\nshelter until their regular quarters are prepared for them.\\nThe most accessible game for boys belongs to the\\nRodents or Gnawers.\\nThese animals can be readily distinguished by their long,\\nchisel-like front teeth. A familiar example of this family\\nmay be found in every town and city, and is known as the\\ncommon rat, the Norway rat, or the brown rat.\\nFormerly the common rat of the United States was\\nblack, but his brown relative has about exterminated the\\nmore graceful black one. The only black rat I ever saw\\nwas a dead one, which I found one summer in an unoccupied\\nhouse in the mountains of Pennsylvania. But there are\\nplenty of beautiful little gnawers around us ev^erywhere.\\nThere are the soft, furry, big-eyed flying-squirrels, which\\nleave their warm nests at dusk and sail through the air from\\ntree to tree, or romp among the branches until daylight.\\nJust at dawn they return to their beds, to sleep away the\\nday in their dark holes, secure from the garish sunlight.\\nOf course an}^ boy with money can purchase flying-\\nsquirrels, but no boy with any pride would stoop to buy his.\\nlive game, unless he is so unfortunate as to be unable to\\nleave the densely populated city. I well remember the two\\nboys* who gave me my first lessons in hunting flying-squir-\\nCharles Dana Gibson, the artist, and his brother, Langdon Gibson, natural-\\nist and traveller.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0047.jp2"}, "48": {"fulltext": "22\\nFair Weather Ideas.\\nrels. I followed them across meadows, over hills, through\\nthe woods, down into the dank and dark swamps, until we\\nfound some old hollow cedars on the edge ot the water.\\nHere one of the lads armed himself with a small wand, and\\nthe other busied himself gathering old dry leaves and bits\\nof moist bark to make a smudge. The boy armed with the\\nwand probed the hollow trees until he discovered a hole\\nfrom which the \\\\vand would bring forth some bits of the\\nfine shredded inner bark of the cedar.\\n9- We all know that neither the inner\\nI k V ^V 7: r bark nor any other\\nin the hollow of\\ntrees, and when it is discov-\\nered there you can wager that\\nit was put there by some ani-\\nmal.\\nThis stringy, soft stuff is\\nfamous material for a nest,\\nand both the white footed\\nmice and the flying-squirrels\\nare fully aware of its good properties.\\nWhen some of this nesting is found in a tree, it is safe\\nto say that there is a nest inside.\\nFig. iq\\nFig. II.\\nA Smudge\\nis now lighted and the hollow tree is filled with smoke. As\\nsoon as this is thoroughly done, you may safely thrust youi*\\narm into the hollow and bring out the stupefied inmates.\\nI never knew the smoke to cause the squirrels any seri-\\nous harm. The little captives soon revive, when brought\\nout into the open air.", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0048.jp2"}, "49": {"fulltext": "Huniing Without a Gun. 23\\nFlying-Squirrels,\\nwhen tame, make the most gentle pets, but when wild, and\\nrudely seized by hand, they have a vicious way of using-\\ntheir chisel-like teeth which induces more caution the next\\ntime. A smoke-stupefied squirrel is much more pleasant to\\nhandle than a wild one, frantic with fright.\\nIf, however, you protect your hand with an ordinary\\nbicycle or golf cap, you can seize almost any small animal\\nwith impunity. I caught nine flying-squirrels in one night,\\nwith no protection for my hand but an old cloth cap.\\nDo not try to throw the cap over the animal, or it will\\nescape from beneath, but use the cap as a protection to\\nyour hand, then grasp the creature by a quick movement,\\nclosing your fingers tightly over its body, being careful not\\nto squeeze hard enough to injure the terrified little squirrel.\\nThe advantage of this mode of capture is that, having the\\ngame in your hand, you can easily thrust it into the cloth\\nbag you carry for that purpose.\\nThe Cloth Bag\\nis a most convenient thing; it is easy to carry, allows plenty\\nof air, and the little creatures never think of gnawing out\\nwhile you carry them.\\nI have carried\\nShort-Tailed Meadow-Rats\\nand white-footed mice for miles, tied up in my handker-\\nchief, and no attempt was made by my prisoners to use\\ntheir teeth to assist them in escaping.\\nThe gentle, graceful little jumping-mice, white-footed\\nmice, short-tailed meadow-rats, and flying squirrels are all", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0049.jp2"}, "50": {"fulltext": "24\\nFair IVeather Ideas.\\nto be found inside the city limits of Greater New York, and\\nsome of their relatives are to be found in almost any rural\\nplace in this country. These interesting little creatures can\\nbe captured with ordinary box-traps, figure fours, or the\\nsquare or round wire mouse-traps. The white-footed mice\\nor deer-mice may be found in the abandoned nests of other\\nrodents, in hollow logs, in old corn-stacks, in holes in the\\nfence-rails, and under clods of old ploughed fields, or be-\\nneath brush-heaps in the fence corners.\\nIn the late autumn, before the first snow comes, they\\nhave a very pretty way of\\nUtilizing Last Summer s Birds -Nests\\nby filling them with the soft down from the cat-tails of a\\nneighboring marsh, or with moss and wood fibres, thistle-\\ndown, or the silky feathers from the seed of the milk-weed.\\nLike flying-squirrels, the little deer-mice bury themselves\\nin the soft nests, and sleep away the day, emerging at\\nnight for food and exercise.\\nIf the branch upon which the nest is located is but\\ntouched, the brown-backed,\\nnimble-footed little squatter\\nwill poke his head from the\\nmiddle of the nest, look in-\\nquiringly around, and if no\\ndanger appears the head is\\nwithdrawn, and the mouse\\nresumes its slumbers; but if\\nit is deemed that there is\\ncause for serious alarm, it will\\nspring from the nest, and with the agility of a squirrel run\\nlightly up a branch, and from this point of vantage turn its\\nFig. 12.", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0050.jp2"}, "51": {"fulltext": "Hunting IVithout a Gun.\\n25\\nbright eyes on the intruder with a sort of please don t\\nexpression. If further frightened it will hastily leap to the\\nground and disappear in the brush and dry leaves.\\nSometimes I have found birds -nests with a neatly laid\\nthatch roof over the bowl, and a round doorway gnawed\\nthrough the side of the nest for a means of access to the in-\\nterior, where, snugly curled up in a warm bed of down, the\\nlittle white-footed mouse was sleeping.\\nWhite-Footed Mice as Pets.\\nOnce, while skating on a pond, I discovered a pair of\\ndeer-mice keeping house in the walls of the mound of mud\\nand roots reared by musk-rats for their winter quarters.\\nFig. 12A. The Old Figure-Four Trap. Any old box will do for a figure-four trap\\nbut much trouble is avoided by using a box with a large lid for live game, as shown\\nin Fig. 12. This is set upside down, as shown above. The lid is considerably larger\\nthan the box, and attached to it by a couple of leather hinges which are tacked to\\nthe lid and the box, as shown in the illustration. Fig. 9 is the spindle or trigger, and\\nshows the manner in which the notches are cut. Fig. 10 is the catch, and Fig. 11 is\\nthe upright. In Fig. 12A you see this old-fashioned trap, set and ready for business.\\nA small door in the box will make it easy to remove captives.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0051.jp2"}, "52": {"fulltext": "26 Fair IVeather Ideas.\\nYou may capture these little fellows by hand, if you use\\ndue caution in approaching their habitation, and shield\\nyour hand with an ordinary pocket-handkerchief.\\nThey will make beautiful pets, and you will find them\\nmuch more interesting than the common white mice.\\nGive them a tall narrow cage, with plenty of head room,\\nwire a branch containing a last summer s bird s-nest to the\\nside of their cage for sleeping quarters, and feed the mice\\nwith bread, seed, and grain.\\nShort-tailed Meadow-Rats\\nfrequent the salt meadows, where their grass-roofed paths\\nmay be found intersecting each other everywhere. After\\nthe blunt-headed little creatures have been discovered, by\\nuncovering their runwa3^s, you may capture them with your\\nhand, shielded by a cloth cap.\\nBeware of their teeth, for they are savage biters and\\nplucky fighters.\\nMeadow-rats are not climbers. Put them in a flat cage\\nwith a good wide expanse of bottom covered with sod of\\ngrowing grass, the roots of which they will eagerly devour.\\nFeed them garden vegetables, when grass roots are not\\navailable.\\nIf you are an expert it is sometimes possible to catch\\nchipmonks by hand. I never succeeded but once in captur-\\ning one in this manner. They will enter almost any ordinary\\nsort of a trap, and can be best captured in that way. Set\\nthe trap near the hole known to be occupied by one of\\nthese scolding little rodents, and give your captives a roomy\\ncage, with a dark corner for a nest. They make gentle and\\namusing pets. Feed them on acorns and nuts. Crack the\\nhardest nuts for them.", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0052.jp2"}, "53": {"fulltext": "Hunting IVithoui a G74n. 27\\nJumping-mice,\\nwhen discovered, are off like a flash, and are too swift of\\nfoot to be captured bj hand at least this has been my ex-\\nperience. They may sometimes be found under clods of an\\nold ploughed field, in fence corners, or under loose brush\\nand stones. Like the white-footed mice and flying-squir-\\nrels, they are nocturnal in their habits, and there may be\\nthousands living all around you, and you will never suspect\\ntheir presence until your cat brings one in from the field,\\nor you find their half-devoured remains in the screech-owl s\\nnest in the old apple-tree.\\nJumping-mice have been known to make their nests in a\\nbeehive, and I know of one short-tailed meadow-rat which\\nchose the same sort of sweet home.\\nIn winter the jumping-mouse becomes torpid and ap-\\nparently dead, and you may lay him away in a box of cotton,\\nwhere it will remain until the bursting bud and freshening\\ngrass announce the approach of spring. Then your little\\npet will wake up, and be as full of life as if it had only taken\\na noon nap.\\nAlthough quite vicious, and dangerous to handle in their\\nwild state,\\nWoodchucks\\nmake very gentle and comical pets. One celebrated wood-\\nchuck-hunter had great success by using a stuffed wood-\\nchuck as a decoy. A very good substitute for a stuffed\\nanimal may be made of gray Canton flannel, stuffed with\\ncotton.\\nSet your decoy up in plain view of the woodchuck s hole,\\nand sprinkle fresh clover around. Then conceal yourself\\nbehind the hole, and be ready with a strong ring-net on a\\npole to capture your game when it appears.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0053.jp2"}, "54": {"fulltext": "28\\nFair Weather Ideas.\\nThe watchful old fellow will see the decoy sitting on\\nits haunches, and reasoning that where it is safe for one\\nchuck it is safe for another, he will sally forth to enjoy\\nthe clover. Then the fun begins. You must jump between\\nFig. 13. The Wooden Box-Trap.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Dotted lines show arrangement inside. A is the\\ntrigger, or spindle, which passes through a hole in the rear end of the box. B is the\\ncatch with a ring slipped over its middle, to which a string is attached to hold open\\nthe trap-door when the trap is set. There is a notch in the back board of the trap at\\nC, and another near the rear end of the trigger, in which the bevelled edges of the\\ncatch are caught and held in place by the string attached to the trap-door. Fig.\\n133^ shows the details of Fig. 13. The box-trap is an old \u00e2\u0080\u00a2stand-by with the\\nboys, is simple in construction, and can be made by any lad who can handle tools.\\nThis drawing was made from a trap built by a country lad, twelve years of age. A\\nserviceable trap can be improvised from an old tin can, or, better still, one of those\\nsquare tin boxes used so generally now for holding fancy groceries.\\nthe woodchuck and his hole, and net him as best you can,\\nafter which transfer him to a meal-bag, and carry him to\\nhis cage.\\nWoodchucks can run rapidly for eight or ten yards then\\nthey have a habit of suddenly coming to a stop, assuming", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0054.jp2"}, "55": {"fulltext": "Hunting Without a Gun.\\n29\\ntheir favorite upright pose, and darting off again in another\\ndirection.\\nJune is the time to capture the young ones, as they play\\nabout their home hole.\\n1\\nT Hie.\\nThe Tin Can- Trap. Make a door of a square or rectangular piece of tin. With a\\nnail make two holes in the top of the door for the wire hinges (Fig. 14). With a\\nheavy knife cut a doorway a trifle smaller than the door. Cut three slashes as\\nshown in Fig. 15. Bend the two sides in as shown in i^ig. 16, then hang the door\\nwith the wire hinges. Fig. 17 shows the door from the inside of the tin box, and\\nFig. 18 shows the same from the outside. The door, as may be readily seen, can\\nbe pushed up from the outside to admit the game, but when the prisoners attempt\\nto get out they cannot push the door open, for the trap opens but one way. Do not\\nleave space enough below the side-pieces for the animal to thrust his nose or paws\\nunder, or it may lift the door in this way and escape. If, as in the diagrams, it is\\nnecessary to cut a little above the bottom of the box, put a flat stone, or some similar\\nobject, inside for the side-pieces and the door to rest upon. Fig. 19 shows the\\nmanner of cutting the tin. Another door can be made by cutting a star in the tin,\\nand then bending the pointed pieces in far enough to allow the game to squeeze\\nthrough. The points will not allow anything to crawl out, however, and it must re-\\nmain there until released (Fig. 20). These diagrams are given so that the young\\nhunters may make their own traps, in case the ordinary mice and rat-traps to be\\nfound in shops are inaccessible.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0055.jp2"}, "56": {"fulltext": "30\\nFair Weather Ideas.\\nA Box-Trap, or Figure Four,\\nmay be successfully used to capture both young and old.\\nHowever fierce an old wild ground-hog may be, one\\nthat is taken young and reared in captivity is remarkably\\ngentle. It is fond of a noonday nap, but when the sun\\nsinks in the west, and the long shadows creep across the\\nfields, it will rouse from its slumber, sit up, wash its face\\nlike a mouse or a squirrel, and be ready for a frolic.\\nWhen cold weather approaches, the woodchuck, ground-\\nhog, marmot, or sifflciir, as it is variously called, will pre-\\npare for a long winter sleep by rolling itself into a ball. In\\nthis condition you may pack\\nit away like the jumping-\\nmouse, and when friends call\\nyou can take the ground-hog\\nout and even roll it around\\nthe floor without seeing any\\nsigns of life displayed by\\nthe hairy ball. But when\\nspring returns, your Rip\\nVan Winkle pet will awak-\\nen, and after sitting up on\\nits haunches, and Avashing its face with its front paws, will\\nbe ready for a breakfast of clover or other food.\\nRare old Captain John Smith, in his quaint History of\\nNew England and the Summer Isles, published in London\\nin 1624, gives, probably, the first written account of the\\nmusk-rat. He says that the mussascus is a beast of the\\nform and nature of our (English) water-rat; and he adds,\\nsome of them smell exceedingly strong of musk. These\\nanimals may be caught in almost any sort of a trap baited\\nwith sweet apples or parsnips.\\nFig. 19. How the Tin is Cut.", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0056.jp2"}, "57": {"fulltext": "Hunting JVithout a Gun.\\n31\\nMusk-Rats\\nhave very strong teeth, and can use them on wood effec-\\ntively, so it is wise to protect all corners and cracks in your\\nwooden traps with pieces of tin or sheet-iron. They have\\ngood noses, and can smell an apple a long distance off. Place\\nyour traps in the shallow water at the edge of the mill-pond\\nor stream inhabited by these rats, and they will doubtless\\nfind it without difficulty.\\nYoung musk-rats are very gentle and playful, and may\\nbe handled without fear they do not grow fierce with age\\nif reared in captivity and accustomed to gentle treatment.\\nWhen kept in confine-\\nment give them a roomy\\ncage, with a tank of water\\nto swim in. Build the tank\\nafter the manner of the one\\ndescribed in the Back-\\nyard Fish-Pond.\\nThere is one other little\\nanimal, familiar to most boj^s, and which they are too apt to\\nvalue only for its skin. In truth, this creature generally has\\na very bad name, and, personally, I owe it a grudge for\\nstealing all my live bait, on more than one occasion.\\nNevertheless, when domesticated and supplied with\\nplenty of food, like many a poor two-legged wretch, it will\\nturn honest, and give up its bad habit of robbing hen-roosts.\\nThis long-bodied little animal is the mink, which, like those\\nanimals already described, is not difficult to capture in\\nalmost any sort of a trap.\\nWhen caught young it becomes very gentle, and even\\naffectionate. It is passionately fond of frogs, and these\\nbatrachians make a good bait for mink-traps. Minks will\\nCR0333ECTION\\nFig. 20.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Tin Box-Trap.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0057.jp2"}, "58": {"fulltext": "32\\nFair Weather Ideas.\\neat fish, and when domesticated will not hurt your chickens,\\nbut will wage a relentless war upon rats and mice.\\nYou need not confine your mink, for it will make chums\\nof your dog and cat, and is fond of a cosey spot in the\\nchimney corner.\\nWhile I was sketching on the coast of Maine I spent a\\nwhole day at my easel, between two great rocks. I soon\\nFig. 21 Turtle-Trap. This is simply a box with a door, like Fig. lo. The trap is\\nset in shallow water, and baited with meat. It is very effective.\\ndiscovered that I was watched by some creatures, and it\\nwas not long before my neighbors made up their minds that\\nthe two-legged thing was a harmless sort of animal, and,\\nbefore I finished my sketch, they amused themselves by\\njumping back and forth over my feet. At first I was more\\nafraid of them than they were of me, but soon discovered\\nthat they meant no harm so I painted away, with a pair of\\nwild mink playing about my feet like tame kittens.", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0058.jp2"}, "59": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER III.\\nTHE BACK- YARD ZOO.\\nThe king of beasts and the royal Bengal tiger are neither\\nof them able to inspire such universal terror among the wild\\ncreatures of the forest as does man.\\nBitter experience and terrible examples of man s ferocious\\ncruelty to all wild animals have taught even the most\\nhumble and inoffensive of them to dread the approach of\\nthe bloodthirsty two-legged destroyer.\\nIt is high time that we redeem\\nOur Reputation among the Brutes.\\nIt is time we ceased our wasteful, senseless slaughter of\\nevery wild thing to be met with in field and forest. It is\\ntime we began to study live animals, in place of uncanny\\ndried skins and badly upholstered specimens, so-called.\\nThis Gory Method of Study\\nbelongs to the past. A new era has commenced, and real\\nnaturalists now drop their dry bones and moth-eaten skins\\nto enjoy the study of live, healthy animals.\\nThe boy who is really fond of animals never ill-treats his\\npets, or abuses and makes a slave of his dog. On the con-\\ntrary, his dog is his companion and playmate.\\nThe boy knows that a dog s master is a god in the eyes\\nof the poor brute, and is\\n3 33", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0059.jp2"}, "60": {"fulltext": "34 Fair Weather Ideas.\\nWorshipped with Canine Devotion,\\nwhich again and again has been proved faithful unto death.\\nSuch knowledge makes the boy just and kind. But a dog\\nis only a domesticated wolf, and the wolf is not the only\\nwild creature which can be domesticated; neither is the\\nwolf the only animal which\\nCan Appreciate Kindness,\\nThe same care which transforms a red-mouthed wolf into\\na faithful dog can transform other undomesticated beasts\\ninto useful creatures. As soon as an animal learns that you\\nare contributing to its comfort, you may notice it will greet\\nyou with a milder expression. As soon as you can make the\\nwildest and fiercest beast understand that the use of jaws,\\nclaws, or sting is unnecessary, it will refrain from using\\nthem. It is not alwa3 s possible to come to this understand-\\ning with the larger beasts, and such animals are not fitted\\nfor back-yard zoos.\\nA lad who loves his pets will bestow upon the little\\ncreatures that affection which shows itself in a sympathy\\nwhich can understand their wants and necessities. Such a\\nlad can perform wonders birds will come at his call, the\\nsmall beasts of the field will follow at his heels, and no child\\nwill fear him.\\nUnfortunately, in spite of the amount of land on this\\ncontinent, it is difficult for any but the very wealthy to have\\naccess to much of it, hence many readers will say, We have\\nno yard in which to keep pets, or, Our yard is too small.\\nOf course, if you are living in a flat you must go without a\\nzoo, but if you have a yard it will probably not be less than\\ntwenty-five feet wide, and Fig. 22 shows how a very com-", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0060.jp2"}, "61": {"fulltext": "42", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0061.jp2"}, "62": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0062.jp2"}, "63": {"fulltext": "The Back-yard Zoo.\\n35\\nprehensive zoo can be placed in the rear of a twenty-\\nfive foot lot, without materially interfering with such do-\\nmestic matters as the drying of clothes on wash-day. A city\\nLot Twenty-five Feet Wide\\nis usually one hundred feet deep this will\\nallow plenty of room for the house and the\\nclothes-lines, and still leave the end of the\\nlot for a famous back-yard zoological garden.\\nWhen the writer was building back-yard\\nzoos on the banks of the muddy Licking\\nRiver, in old Kentucky, wire-cloth and wire-\\nnetting were unknown, and a few old barrels\\nand dry-goods boxes, a saw, hatchet, and\\nsome nails, constituted the materials and\\ntools with which he and his playmates made cages for\\npets, frog-ponds, and dove-cots.\\nThe writer s\\nCrow and Dog did the Bossing\\nof the work, and incidentally learned all the weak spots in the\\nstructures, a knowledge which they were not slow to use\\nwhen the sheds and coops were finished, and occupied by\\ncreatures fascinatingly interesting to crows and dogs.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0063.jp2"}, "64": {"fulltext": "36\\nFair PVeather Ideas.\\nBut you boys are lucky fellows Everything that youth\\nwants is now on the market at reasonable prices. Wire-\\ncloth and galvanized wire-netting with double-twisted\\nselvages, with meshes of any size to suit the occasion, and\\nwire of any dimensions to suit the purpose, are now manu-\\nfactured especially for the building of cages.\\nGalvanized Iron Wire-Cloth or Netting\\ncomes in rolls, with either square or hexagonal mesh in\\nother words, the openings between the wires are in the form\\nof a square, or are six-sided.\\nWire is numbered from the very heavy. No. ooo, which\\nis over a third of an inch in\\nC n B\\nD\\nFig. 23. Temporary Frame of Cage.\\ndiameter, to No. 40, which\\nis only .00725 of an inch in\\ndiameter. It is not very\\nlikel} that you will use\\neither of these wires, un-\\nless your collection in-\\ncludes some very large\\nand strong beasts and\\nsome very small insects.\\nThe wires which you will probably need will be between\\nNo. 14 and No. 22. No. 14 is eighth-tenths of an inch in\\ndiameter, and No. 22 is a little more than two-tenths of an\\ninch in diameter.\\nThe Mesh\\nis the distance from centre to centre of the wire. No. 5 mesh\\nmeans five meshes to the lineal inch that is, a piece of net-\\nting five inches long will contain twenty-five meshes. The\\nspace means the opening between the wires that is, the\\ndistance from wire to wire.", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0064.jp2"}, "65": {"fulltext": "The Back-yard Zoo.\\n37\\nThis is explained because some of the readers may not\\nlive near any dealer in wire-goods, and will be compelled to\\norder what they want by letter. To do this intelligently\\nthey should understand the trade terms. Galvanized wire-\\nnetting, used for small bird-cages, comes in one-half, five-\\neighth and three-quarter-inch mesh, and is made of from\\nNo. 1 8 to No. 22 wire. The width of this netting varies\\nfrom two feet to four feet. One-and-one-quarter-inch mesh\\nis used for pigeon-houses, and the netting is from two feet\\nto six feet wide. One-inch mesh is used for quail, ruffed\\ngrouse, pheasants, prairie-chickens, etc. A two-inch mesh\\nis usually used for chicken-coops.\\nAs a rule, the mesh which has square spaces is called\\nwire-cloth, and that which has six-sided spaces is called\\nnetting. For mice, rats, chip\\nmonks, flying-squirrels, gray\\nand red squirrels, use about\\nNo. 2^ square mesh of No.\\n17 galvanized wire.\\nFor woodchucks a nd\\nmusk-rats use a rather small\\nmesh and pretty heavy wire,\\nfor their teeth are strong\\nchisels, and you will be sur-\\nprised to see what skilled\\nmechanics they are in the\\nuse of the tools with which\\nnature has supplied tnem.\\nFor rabbits, a two-inch mesh\\nor any of the nettings used\\nfor poultry answers all purposes but for foxes, if you use a\\ntwo-inch mesh, be careful to have it of heavy wire. The\\nwriter s Skye terrier pup gnawed its way through the\\nFigs. 24 and 25.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0065.jp2"}, "66": {"fulltext": "38 Fair Weather Ideas.\\nchicken-coop wire-netting on various occasions, and a fox\\nhas all the energy of a terrier, coupled with a most sur-\\nprising amount of ingenuity and skill in jail-breaking.\\nA Pair of Foxes\\nI once owned could undo any knot or catch that I\\ncould invent with which to fasten them, and 1 was only\\nmade aware of the fact from the complaints of lost chickens\\nwhich came from our neighbors.\\nWhile the neighbors were protesting, Faust and Mrs.\\nFaust lay in front of their den, staring innocently at us\\nwith their great brown eyes, but investigation proved that\\nthe chains which apparently confined them were attached\\nto nothing but their collars and, furthermore, when I\\npushed the foxes aside with my foot, sundry quills and\\nfeathers, protruding from the fresh earth of their bed,\\nshowed only too plainly that our neighbors were not with-\\nout reason in suspecting my innocent-looking rascally\\npets. I at last solved the problem by chaining the foxes\\ntogether, and in spite of all their cunning, they never\\nlearned to go through the same opening in the fence, but\\neach chose a different exit, and both were then held by\\ntheir chain.\\nEach Cage\\nthe reader makes will, of necessity, be of a form peculiar to\\nhis purpose and the location where it is placed. If it is for\\na fence-corner there will be but two sides to cover with\\nwire-netting if it be against the fence there will be three\\nsides of netting the fence forming the other side. In a\\nhundred different ways will the surroundings modify the\\nform of the cages, so, to simplify matters, we will suppose\\nthe proposed pen is to stand in the centre of the yard. In\\nthis case,", "height": "3531", "width": "2496", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0066.jp2"}, "67": {"fulltext": "The Back-yard Zoo.\\n39\\n^^TTW\\nTo Make a Cage of Galvanized Wire-Netting,\\nyou first decide upon the wire and the mesh which are\\nneeded for this particular coop, next decide what are to be\\nthe dimensions then, with a hand-saw, cut four wooden\\nuprights exactly the same length, and fasten these posts\\ntogether, temporarily, as shown in Fig. 23, A, B, C, D.\\nThe strips connecting the uprights, and forming a box-\\nlike frame, should be only secure enough to keep the frame\\nin shape. The nails in\\nthe strips must be driv-\\nen just far enough to\\nhold, leaving the head\\nand enough of each nail\\nabove-board to render it\\na simple task to with-\\ndraw the nails when\\nyou wish to remove the\\nstrips.\\nWhen the temporary\\nframe or mould is fin-\\nished (Fig. 23), fasten\\nthe end of the wire-net-\\nting securely to the front of the upright A with staple tacks,\\nthen pass the roll to B (Fig. 24), draw it tight, and with\\nmore staple tacks secure it to this upright continue the\\nsame process at C and D, ending at A, as shown in Fig. 24.\\nThe arrows show the direction to be observed in passing\\nthe netting around the uprights.\\nWhen all is snug and fastened firmly, nail a footboard\\nand top moulding on, as shown in Fig. 25, after which re-\\nmove the temporary inside strips, and your coop is done.\\nIt has no roof or floor as yet, but the roof can be made of\\nFig. 26. Cages and Runway.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0067.jp2"}, "68": {"fulltext": "40 Fair Weather Ideas.\\nwood or netting, as the occasion may require the floor\\nmay be of wood or earth, to suit the purposes for which it\\nis to be used. In large cages the doors must be framed\\nand set in, as shown in the picture of fox-dens in the illus-\\ntration of the back-yard zoo, but in small cages a small hole\\nmay be cut in the netting this can be done with an old\\npair of shears. The square piece of netting from the cut\\ncan then be used as a door by fastening one edge with loops\\nof wire to the edge of the opening just made. Picture-wire\\nand copper wire are best for such purpose, because they\\nare pliable and easily handled.\\nThe Door\\ncan, if desired, be made very neat by the following method\\nCut some tin into strips of the proper dimensions, then fold\\nthe strips on their centre, lengthwise. Punch a series of\\nholes by placing the folded strips of tin on a block of wood\\nand driving a nail through. Slip the folded tin over the\\nexposed edges of the wire-netting, and sew it in place by\\nthreading a fine wire through the holes. Bind the edges of\\nthe door in the same manner, then put a loop of wire on the\\ndoor for a hasp, and a smaller one on the cage near the edge\\nof the doorway for a staple, and the door may be fastened\\nwith a peg of wood or a nail or, better still, wire a hook on\\nthe door in place of a hasp, and arrange it so as to hook\\ninto the loop on the cage.\\nIt is often handy to have doors in the roof of a cage, as\\nin the roofs of the gnawers cages, over the rabbit runway,\\nin the illustration.\\nThe Doors for the Runway\\nto the rabbit-house are on top, and open like a door to a\\nbin, as shown in the illustration and in Fig 26. While we", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0068.jp2"}, "69": {"fulltext": "The Back-yard Zoo. 41\\nare at the rodents or gnawers quarters, it is well to re-\\nmember certain peculiarities about the habits of these ani-\\nmals. Rats, mice, squirrels, and their kind, will invariably\\nseek a crack, angle or corner to commence work for a hole\\nknowing this, it is well to protect all such places by pieces\\nof metal or tin, and none of the little fellows will make his\\nescape, unless the door is left open.\\nRabbits will seldom gnaw out, but if they have an oppor-\\ntunity they will tunnel out.\\nTo prevent diggers from escaping, allow your wire-net-\\nting to extend a foot and a half underground, below the foot-\\nboard.\\nA Reptile House\\nneed not be more than three feet high. It is not shown in\\nthe illustration, but may be built as described and shown in\\nFigs, 23, 24, and 25, after which a roof of wire-cloth must be\\nadded.\\nInto this house you put your turtles, frogs, toads, liz-\\nzards, and snakes, and as most, if not all, of these require\\nwater in considerable quantity, it is well to have a tank for\\ntheir use. But as every boy does not know how to build\\nthe tank, he may learn by following the directions in the\\nfollowing chapter, describing a back-yard fish-pond.\\nBe careful to set the tank level and pack it around with\\ngood hard earth. It is well to sod the ground on three\\nsides, and cover the earth on the remaining side with clean\\nsand and gravel.\\nThere should be a strip of land at least two feet wide\\nall around the tank, as a runway. When this is all ar-\\nranged spread a layer of sand all over the bottom of the\\ntank, fill it with water, and place the cage over all. You\\nshould have", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0069.jp2"}, "70": {"fulltext": "42 Fair-l^Veather Ideas.\\nAn Old Piece of Canvas,\\nor some similar covering-, for the cage, to be used when\\nyour sand is in danger of being washed away by a down-\\npour of rain.\\nEverything is now Tead}^ and you can turn loose in the\\nenclosure\\nYour Whole Collection\\nof frogs, toads, lizards, and snakes, and they will soon\\nmake themselves at home. You must not be surprised if\\nyour pets in this cage feed upon one another. I once\\nowned an old bull-frog who would attempt to swallow any-\\nthing that moved, with the exception of snakes. This frog\\nswallowed two live mice in one day, but he did not get\\nhungry again for two weeks.\\nThere are but few poisonous snakes in our country, and\\nin the Northern States we have but two kinds copperheads\\nand rattlesnakes. Neither of these will add to the interest\\nof your collection, and must be left out and let alone.f\\nThere are many beautiful and harmless little snakes to\\nbe found in ever)^ field. They abound within the city lim-\\nits of New York.:]: I saw two sunning themselves on a\\nneighbor s lawn, and discovered their home in the gate-\\npost.\\nYou win be surprised at the many varieties of frogs you\\ncan find when you start to collect these comical little creat-\\nAn account of this frog is in The American Boy s Handy Book.\\nt The South has also the venomous water-moccasin or cotton-mouth, and the\\npoisonous but timid coral and harlequin-snakes.\\nt Snakes in neighborhood of New York Dangerous Banded rattlesnake, cop-\\nperhead. Harmless, can be domesticated Black-snake, worm-snake, ringnecked-\\nsnake, black pilot-snake, green-snake, water-snake, brown-snake, hognosed- snake\\n(adder), milk-snake, garter-snake, ribbon-snake.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0070.jp2"}, "71": {"fulltext": "The Back-yard Zoo.\\n43\\nures. Some of them are very difficult to catch, and they\\noften turn up in the oddest of places. I found a big toad\\nin the top of a tree which I had climbed after young crows.\\nIt was a common hop-toad, not a tree-frog.\\nSilly Superstitions of Hoop-Snake Age.\\nIt is high time that the American boys, in the dawn of\\nthe twentieth century, should forget all the fabulous stories\\nof snakes with the power to charm persons, toads with\\ndeath-dealing breath, deadly swifts and venomous lizards.\\nAll such yarns are handed down to us by our superstitious\\nChipmonk. White-footed Mouse. Short-tail Meadow-Rat.\\nancestors, and are a part of the witch belief of the old Salem\\nfolk. There are people living now who will tell you that\\nthey have seen a hoop-snake with his tail in his mouth, roll-\\ning down hill, and these people really believe what they say\\nbut so did the Salem folks believe in witches.\\nToads Useful and Harmless.\\nIf our comical, insect-destro3ang toads were venomous,\\nthe hand which pens these lines would have perished while\\nit was still a chubby, dimpled, baby s hand.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0071.jp2"}, "72": {"fulltext": "44 tVeather Ideas.\\nNeither Do Toads Make Warts;\\notherwise the writer s hands would be far too warty to\\nwield either a pen or a brush but in spite of the hundreds\\nof toads handled by the writer he never was afflicted with\\nwarts on either hands or body.\\nIn Pennsylvania there is a toad which has occupied the\\nsame back-dooryard for over ten years, and he will eat his\\nown weight in bugs in a very short time.\\nThe funniest toad ever owned by the writer was a Ken-\\ntucky hop-toad with five well-developed legs, and the\\nlargest frog the writer ever caught was a New York bull-\\nfrog, which weighed one pound.\\nFrog Market.\\nSt. Paul and Minneapolis are the great frog markets of\\nthe world. The receipts there last year, according to the\\ndaily papers, were something over six million frogs\\nIn the neighborhood of New York City one of the\\nearliest frogs is the little brown cricket-frog. Next come\\nthe mysterious and shrill-voiced peepers, which make each\\nmarshy spot fairly shriek with their high-keyed notes.\\nPeepers\\nare hard to capture, because you can seldom see them. A\\ndip-net run through the water where you have heard peep-\\ners will generally reward you with two or three little dusky\\nimps, who, when captured, will sing in your coat-pocket,\\nand the writer has had them sing while imprisoned in his\\nhands.\\nA loud, coarse trill announces the appearance of", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0072.jp2"}, "73": {"fulltext": "The Back-yard Zoo, 45\\nThe Tree-Toad,\\nand this batrachian makes a most interesting addition to the\\ncollection. It is said that the tree-toad has the power of\\nchanging color, varying from ash-white, dull-gray or a\\nbrown to a bright-green hue.\\nYou must look for the hermit-frogs or spade-frogs where\\nthey hide in holes in the ground, and in the damp wood\\nyou can hunt the lean-flanked, beautifully-spotted leopard-\\nfrog, his cousin, the pickerel-frog, and the brown wood-frog.\\nThe bright-green-tree specimen, known as\\nThe Anderson Frog,\\nis considered by frog-hunters as a great prize, and speci-\\nmens can only be captured at rare intervals. When you\\nsecure a rare frog do not put him in the same place with\\nlarger frogs, for the latter will swallow their smaller com-\\npanions the first time they feel hungry.\\nThe Frog Has Teeth.\\nPut your finger in a frog s mouth and you can distinctly\\nfeel a number of fine, sharp teeth, but if you put your finger\\nin a toad s mouth you will find no teeth a frog grabs his\\nprey with his jaws, a toad snips it up with his tongue.\\nBesides the common, funny old hop-toad, there are the\\nRocky Mountain hop-toads, the Southern hop-toads, and the\\nhop-toads from Northeastern Massachusetts, which differ\\nsufficiently from the common hop-toad to be classed by\\nnaturalists as sub-species.\\nLizards.\\nWith the exception of the Gila Monster there are no poi-\\nsonous lizards known, and although many of the little", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0073.jp2"}, "74": {"fulltext": "46 Fair JVeather Ideas,\\ncreatures will try to bite you, their teeth are as harmless\\nas so many needle points, and cannot be felt through a\\nglove. Put on an old glove when handling them and you\\ncan hold them better but be very careful and not be rude,\\nor you may be surprised to find you have a stump-tailed\\nlizard in your hand while the caudal appendage will be\\ntwisting around in a most astonishing manner at your feet.\\nMany beautiful and interesting lizards may be captured\\nin all parts of the Union.\\nThat it is not cruel to capture and confine wild animals\\nis proved by the fact that almost all wild creatures, after\\nthey have become thoroughly familiar with their quarters,\\nwill not voluntarily leave their artificial homes for any pro-\\ntracted period. I have had wild pigeons return after giving\\nthem their freedom, and have had foxes return after secur-\\ning their own freedom, by skill and cunning superior to\\nthat exercised by me in confining them. As for crows,\\ncoons, squirrels, and numerous other creatures possessed\\nby me at different times, only death or forcible detention\\never prevented them from returning to the place where\\nplenty of food and kindness awaited them.\\nIt is not necessary, or even desirable, to build all your\\ncages at one time, for it is hardly possible that you will\\nknow just what you need until you have secured the creat-\\nures you wish to keep confined in the proposed pens and\\nenclosures.\\nThe Receiving-Cage.\\nAllow your cages to grow naturally, by adding additions\\nor new ones as the occasion requires. Acting upon this\\nplan the receiving-cage will be the first to be erected, and\\nit should be strong enough to securely confine the largest\\nof your captives, while the mesh of the w^ire-cloth should", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0074.jp2"}, "75": {"fulltext": "The Back-yard Zoo. 47\\nbe fine enough to prevent the escape of the smallest pocket-\\nmouse. The angles and corners should be well protected\\nwith metal, to resist the teeth of the gnawers, and the bot-\\ntom protected with wire-cloth, to defeat the attempts of the\\ndiggers.\\nThis cage will, at different times, furnish lodging for all\\nthe varieties of beasts or birds which are from time to\\ntime included in your ever-growing collection. Your new\\nanimals are first put in the receiving-cage, and must live\\nthere until suitable quarters are built for them.\\nThe Value of Room.\\nBuild all your cages as roomy as your available space\\nand material will allow, and study to make their interioi S\\nas like the natural haunts of the imprisoned animals as is\\npracticable. Avoid all attempts at ornamenting the cages,\\nfor no cage looks better and more artistic than the strictly\\npractical one, built solely with a view to usefulness.\\nClean sand will be found very useful for spreading over\\nthe floors of the wooden-bottomed cages, and a large box\\nof it, kept in a dry place, will add greatly to your ability to\\nkeep things tidy.\\nBe particular about the nesting of your mice and squir-\\nrels frequently remove the old nests and burn them, at the\\nsame time supplying the little creatures with a fresh lot of\\nclean cotton, wool, fine grass, or even paper, and they will\\narrange a new bed for themselves out of the fresh material.\\nYou will soon discover that all beasts prefer to keep\\nclean, and have methods of their own by which they en-\\ndeavor to keep themselves neat and presentable, without the\\nuse of soap. Any disagreeable odor proceeding from their\\ncages simply means neglect on the part of the keeper of the\\nzoo.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0075.jp2"}, "76": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER IV.\\nA BACK-YARD FISH-POND.\\nAlthough the writer has made frequent journeys to\\nthe wonderful dreamland of his boyhood, and has ruth-\\nlessly taken and brought to earth many of its air-castles for\\nthe use of the boys of the present day, there are still a num-\\nber of things left, and among the latter is the back-yard fish-\\npond, which we shall now seize, and, bringing the idea down\\nto your back-yard, make it water-tight, so that you can\\nstock it with real live fish.\\nA Shallow Pond,\\nwith a broad surface exposed to the air will support, in\\nhealth many more inhabitants than a deep hole, with small\\nexposed surface. Remember that it is easier to keep a fish\\nalive in a shallow basin than it is in a bottle holding exactly\\nthe same amount of water.\\nIf You Dig a Hole\\nin your yard and fill it with water, it will be a mud-hole, in\\nwhich no self-respecting fish will live besides which the\\nsoil will soon soak up the water and leave the mud to bake\\nin the hot summer sun.\\nBy Sinking a Wooden Tank\\nin the ground and filling it with water a pond may be made.\\nBut any old box will not answer, for, unless you are a much\\n48", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0076.jp2"}, "77": {"fulltext": "$4J\\nI\\ni V\u00c2\u00a7!\\nKm c\\nThe Back-yard Fish Pond.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0077.jp2"}, "78": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0078.jp2"}, "79": {"fulltext": "A Back-yard Fish-Pond.\\n49\\nbetter mechanic than the writer was at your age, you will\\nnot be able to prevent an ordinary box from leaking.\\nHowever, if you really want a back-yard fish-pond, you\\nmay make a box or tank which will hold water, and the\\nBest Form for Such a Tank\\nis that of a wide, flat-bottomed scow. This scow may be of\\nany dimensions you choose to build it, but 1 would advise\\nFigs. 27 and 28. The Side-boards must be Duplicates.\\nyou to make your first one not more than six feet long by\\nfour feet wide, and two feet deep.\\nIn selecting lumber for the scow, pick out pieces which\\nare comparatively free from knots or blemishes. Reserve\\ntwo one-and-a-half-inch planks, and keep the half-inch boards\\nfor the bottom.\\nA saw, a plane, and a sharp hatchet are necessary, but\\n4", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0079.jp2"}, "80": {"fulltext": "50 Fair PVeather Ideas.\\nother tools, if not absolutely needed, should not on that\\naccount be ignored, as they may come in very handy at\\ntimes.\\nTrim off your two side- boards to exactly the same\\nlength say six feet they should then be six feet by two\\nfeet. On the edge which is to be the bottom measure tow-\\nard the centre from each end of each board two feet, and\\nmark the points then rule a line diagonally from each of\\nthese points to the corners of the boards on the upper\\nedge this will mark out a sort of double-ended sled-runner,\\nas shown in the illustrations, and when you saw off the trian-\\ngular pieces marked on the boards you will have\\nTwo Runners.\\nSet these runners side to side, on their long edges, and\\nround off the angles with your plane, until the boards look\\nlike rockers (see Fig. 27). The side-boards must be exact\\nduplicates of each other (Fig. 28).\\nSet the two side-pieces four feet apart and nail two or\\nthree temporary cross-pieces across their top (longest) edges\\nto hold them in position then turn them over and nail on\\nthe bottom-boards (Fig. 28).\\nYou must use the greatest care in fitting the bottom-\\nboards edge to edge, but you need not trouble yourself\\nabout the ends of the boards allow them to project upon\\neach side, as chance may direct. After the boards are all\\nsecurely nailed to the bottom the ends may be sawed off\\nflush with the sides of the scow (Fig. 29).\\nTo Prevent the Wood from Decay\\nit is well to melt some tar over a fire, and, with a small mop\\nmade of rags tied to the end of a stick, paint the bottom of", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0080.jp2"}, "81": {"fulltext": "A Back-yard Fish-pond. 51\\nthe scow with hot tar, being- careful to see that all the\\ncracks and crevices are thoroughly filled.\\nIn the Shadiest Spot\\nyou can find in the back-yard dig a hole for your tank.\\nMake the bottom level. Set your tank in place and pack\\nthe earth well around the edges. Cover the bottom of the\\npond with about one inch depth of sand, and the surface of\\nFig. 29.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Ends may be Sawed off Flush.\\nthe sand with a coating of gravel then carefully fill the\\ntank, without disturbing the sand, and allow the water to\\nsettle after which a few aquatic plants may be introduced\\nand a wire fence built around the pond to keep out in-\\ntruders of the two-footed and four-footed kind. If you\\nhave a few small frogs and turtles the mesh of the wire in\\nthe fence must be small.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0081.jp2"}, "82": {"fulltext": "52\\nFair IVeaiher Ideas.\\nWhen to Stock.\\nAfter the water has stood for three or four da3^s, and the\\naquatic plants have started to grow in their new quarters,\\nyou can stock the pond with sunfish, rock-bass, dace, small\\nI\\nFig. 30. Cross-section of Tank.\\ncatfish, crawfish, carp, and goldfish. The two last-named\\nare the most stupid of the fish, and the rock-bass is one of\\nthe most intelligent fish I have ever kept in captivity.\\nHandy for the Pets.\\nThe inclined ends of the scow-shaped tank give two\\nsloping shores (Fig. 30), which will be appreciated by the\\ncrawfish, turtles, and frogs and if you build a little rockery\\nin the centre the more timid fish will thank you for your\\nthoughtfulness in providing them a safe retreat.\\nIf it is possible for you to\\nCatch Your Own Fish\\ndo not waste your money buying stupid goldfish. The fun\\nof hunting for other small fish, capturing them and taming\\nthem, is more than half the pay for the work, in the pleas-\\nure it will afford you. However, if you are so situated that", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0082.jp2"}, "83": {"fulltext": "A Back-yard Fish-pond. 53\\nyou cannot go fishing yourself, the aquarium stores in the\\nbig cities will supply you with almost any sort of aquatic\\ncreature.\\nFresh-Water Clams\\nor mussels will live in confinement, and a few make an in-\\nteresting addition to a collection. Water -snails act as\\nscavengers for the under-water settlement, and a handful\\nof them may be added to form a sort of street-cleaning de-\\npartment. Caddice worms and the little fresh-water shrimp\\nwhich you find among the water-plants make excellent food\\nfor your fish.\\nAvoid Salt-Water Sand,\\nstones, and shells, for the salts they contain are injurious to\\nfresh-water creatures. Do not change the water in the\\ntank after it is in running order but as it evaporates re-\\nplenish with fresh water.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0083.jp2"}, "84": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER V.\\nPIGEON-LOFTS AND BANTAM-COOPS.\\nThe best place in the world for boys is out-doors, breath-\\ning good fresh air, and the best place in the world for\\npigeons and chickens is out-doors, breathing good fresh air.\\nOur modern environments too often limit the amount of\\nout-door space which boys can occupy, and also limit the\\nsupply of fresh air the}^ can furnish their pets.\\nIn making designs for the latter we must take into con-\\nsideration the limited space of a city back-yard, as well as\\nthe fact that during the extreme cold weather pigeons,\\nchickens, and boys, all need some warm retreat where they\\nmay roost or sleep.\\nIndeed, chickens really\\nNeed Shelter\\nmore than either boys or pigeons the former have been\\nknown to thrive and grow lusty and strong when living like\\nthe wild animals of the forests, and every boy knows of\\nsome location where pigeons have taken up their abode\\nwith no better shelter than that afforded by an open shed,\\nor the overhanging eaves of a house.\\nChickens,\\ncoming originally from tropical woods, will thrive better\\nwhere their delicate combs and toes are not liable to be\\nfrost-bitten, and one is more certain not to lose his fantails,\\n54", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0084.jp2"}, "85": {"fulltext": "Pigeon- Lofts and Bantam-Coops.\\n55\\npouters, ruff-necks, tumblers, and homing- pigeons, if he has\\na suitable loft in which to confine his pets. These consid-\\nerations lead to the designing of a combined pigeon-house\\nand bantam-coop suitable for the limited space of the dimin-\\nutive city back-yards, or even appropriate for the roof of a\\nrear extension, where there is no back-yard to the dwelling.\\nFig. 31. Frame of Bantam-Coop and Pigeon- Loft.\\nBy referring to Fig. 31 you will see two boys at work\\nupon the frame of\\nA Pigeon-Loft and Bantam-Coop\\nwhich is capable of holding with comfort enough pets to\\ngladden the heart of any healthy boy.\\nThe longest posts, A G and B H, are supposed to be\\nabout nine or ten feet high and nailed fast to the back", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0085.jp2"}, "86": {"fulltext": "56 Fair Weather Ideas.\\nfence. The dotted line, which cuts the frame in half, is to\\nshow that a building half the size of the one in the draw-\\ning will be plenty large enough for quite commodious quar-\\nters for the birds. After the frame has been nailed together\\nand the protruding ends of the timbers all sawed off even\\nwith the rest of the frame, a floor must be laid to the pigeon-\\nloft and securely nailed in place.\\nRough Lumber Will Answer.\\nIt is not even necessary to have smoothed lumber for\\nthe flooring or any part of the house, but matched and\\nplaned boards will make a much neater piece of work.\\nThe uprights and all the frame are supposed to be built of\\ntwo-by-four (two inches thick by four inches wide), but\\neven this is not necessary, and in the country, where trimmed\\nlumber is scarce, the whole frame may be built of poles cut\\nin the woods.\\nWhen the\\nPigeon-Loft Floor\\nis nailed down, set the door-jambs in place, between D J and\\nB H,and the window-jambs between D J and F L, as shown\\nby Fig. 32. Nail the jambs fast to the rest of the frame, toe-\\nnailing the loft door-jamb to the floor of the loft, and the\\ncoop jamb to the ceiling of the coop, also the two horizontal\\njambs of the window-frame to the two upright jambs of the\\nsame.\\nShutter Frames.\\nOver the top-piece, C D, and the bottom piece, N, nail\\ntwo boards, each about six inches wide (R and S, Fig. 32),\\nand upon the inside of the loft erect three boards, one at\\neach end and one in the middle (facing the roof of the coop),\\neach of the same width as the top and bottom-boards. This", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0086.jp2"}, "87": {"fulltext": "Pigeon- Lofts and Bantam-Coops.\\n57\\nis to make a framework for the shutters, with which to close\\nthe loft in bad weather. Over the uprights just erected\\nnail the strips, Q, O, and P (Fig. 32). Repeat this with the\\nfront end of the coop, E, F, K, and L, of Fig. 31, and you\\nwill have it as represented by Fig. 32.\\n1\\nf-\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\n1 1\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0)ll,\\nP\\nF^\\np:\\ni.\\n1\\nQ\\nJ^\\nFig. 32. Framed and Roofed.\\nRoofing Material.\\nThere are several cheap kinds of tar and gravel-paper\\nsold which make neat and durable roofings, not only for\\ncoops and sheds, but even for more ambitious structures.\\nIn case these are not easily obtainable, roof the loft and\\ncoop with ordinary boards, using another lot of boards to\\ncover the cracks between the first layer (Fig. 32).\\nIt is now only necessary to nail on your sidings, and\\nyour loft-coop is finished, all but the doors and windows.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0087.jp2"}, "88": {"fulltext": "58\\nFair Weather Ideas.\\nDimensions are not given for these, because it often\\nhappens that there is some old window or hot-bed sash lying\\naround the place, and the jambs can be made to fit the sash.\\nThe sash is held in place by nails, for it is not intended to\\nopen the window, the sash only being used to let light into\\nthe lower bantam-coop.\\nThe open face of the pigeon-loft and bantam-coop are to\\nFig. 34\\nFig. 33.\\nFigs. 33 and 34.\\nbe covered with wire-netting, fastened securely with staple\\ntacks, inside the coop and loft, as shown by Fig. 33.\\nDoors.\\nFig. 34 shows how to make the doors of boards, fitted\\ntogether and secured by two cross-battens and one diagonal-\\nbatten.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0088.jp2"}, "89": {"fulltext": "Pigeon- Lofts and Bantam- Coops. 59\\nWhen the doors are hung upon their hinges the house\\nis finished, but not furnished. It is not necessary to have\\nany protection for the screen fronts during the summer,\\nbut when winter comes four shutters, made to fit these\\nopenings, it will be found, w^ill keep out the storms and\\nprotect the inmates from the cold.\\nThe Shutters\\nmay be made in the same manner as the doors, and hinged\\non to the lower sill of the loft, so that when open, during\\nfair weather, they will rest securely upon the roof of the\\ncoop. The coop-shutters may be hinged in the same man-\\nner or simply fitted into place and held there by props of\\nsome sort, which, with the shutters, may be removed in fair\\nweather, to admit the air and sunshine so dearly loved by\\nyour pets.\\nKeep Clean.\\nI take it for granted that you know how to care for the\\nchickens and pigeons that you know that no being, not\\neven man, can keep himself clean and healthy when con-\\nfined to a small room. The keeper must attend to all house-\\nhold duties.\\nIf your pets are untidy, soiled in appearance, and their\\nabode infested with parasites, it will be because of the cruel\\nthoughtlessness of their keeper. To facilitate house-clean-\\ning. Fig. 35 shows the internal arrangement and furniture\\nof the coop-loft, all of which may be removed in a few mo-\\nments and the whole place cleaned and whitewashed.\\nThe Hen s-Nest\\nbox is made with a steep slanting roof, which Avill prevent\\nthe chickens from roosting on the box. The latter has no", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0089.jp2"}, "90": {"fulltext": "6o Fair PVeather Ideas.\\nbottom to it the nests rest upon the earth, so that you\\nmay pick up the box at any time, turn it upside down, and\\nturn the hose on it, or plentifully plaster it with clean,\\nwholesome whitewash.\\nPigeon-Nests.\\nA cleat nailed to the inside wall of the loft, near the door,\\nserves as a rest for one end ot the pigeon-nests. The other\\nend is supported by a piece of wood about four inches\\nwide which is hinged to the back wall, and its upper end\\nheld in place by a long hook made of a piece of telegraph\\nwire.\\nIf this hook is unfastened the wooden support falls down\\nand the box of nests slips off the cleat into your arms.\\nPigeons are not good at perching upon twigs or sticks.\\nTheir feet are adapted for walking upon flat surfaces, and\\nthey need a broad surface for a roost. Fig. 40 shows how\\nto make a pigeon-roost, which may be hung up against the\\nwall by slipping the two holes bored in the top of the back\\nboard over a couple of nails in the wall.\\nFor a Hen-Roost,\\nnail a narrow strip of wood, with its flat side upon the thin\\nedge of another similar strip. The end will then look like\\na T, Fig. 38.\\nRound off the edges of the perch with a plane or knife\\nuntil it is of the form of the right-hand diagram.\\nFig. 37 shows a roost of this kind. Fig. 36 shows the ad-\\njiistable side-rail, with slots for the perch to fit, and Fig. 39\\nshows a cleat to nail against the wall for the other end of\\nthe roost. As may be seen, the perch will fit in the slot in\\nthe cleat.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0090.jp2"}, "91": {"fulltext": "Pigeon- Lofts and Bantam- Coops.\\n6i\\nDrinking-Troughs.\\nFigs. 41 and 42 are drinking-troughs, arranged so that\\nthe birds will not soil the water.\\nThe jug-trough was made by a farm hand, friend of the\\nwriter. He made a hole near the bottom of the jug by first\\nnicking off a piece of the hard glazed surface with the cor-\\nner of a hatchet, and then drilling the hole with a sharpened\\nnail. When the jug was filled with water, a stopper was\\nput in and it was set in an old dish; the water remained\\nabove the hole in the jug, but rose no higher.\\nWATtK FOWNT ip^ caIJ FOUNT\\n^70\\n39 ^m.^\\nU fi^- 35\\nFigs. 35 to 42. Interior and Furniture of Loft and Coop.\\nFig. 42 is an\\nOld Lard-Can,\\nwith a triangle cut in the edge. Fill the can with water and\\nplace a dish over the top, hold the dish in place, and turn\\nthe can upside down, and the water will fill the dish and\\nkeep it filled to the top of the cut in the can as long as\\nthere is water in the can.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0091.jp2"}, "92": {"fulltext": "62 Fair IVeatJier Ideas.\\nFlying-Cage.\\nBy erecting posts at or near the lower end of the bantam-\\ncoop and stretching wire netting from post to post, and\\nthence to pigeon-loft, a space can be enclosed and roofed\\nover with netting, which Avill allow your pigeons room to\\nexercise their wings. This arrangement does not neces-\\nsarily use up a foot more ground space.\\nThere are many other simple arrangements which these\\nfew will help to suggest to the reader, and which will add\\nto the comfort and happiness of his pets.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0092.jp2"}, "93": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER VI.\\nHOW TO MAKE A BACK- YARD AVIARY.\\nIt was before the directors of the Brooklyn Institute had\\nmet with success in their silly work of introducing the.\\nhouse-sparrow (known here as the English sparrow) to this\\ncountry, and long before these foreign pests were spread\\nover the length and breadth of the United States, that the\\ncourt-house in Covington, Ky., was surmounted by a wooden\\nimage of George Washington.\\nBird s-Nests in Washington s Coat.\\nAll boys know that Washington loved his country, but\\nfew know that he was a bird-fancier. That the father of\\nour country loved the native birds is attested by the fact that\\nthey built nests in the wooden wrinkles of his sleeves and in\\nthe hollow ends of the roll of parchment which he held in his\\nhand. His favorite bird was the red-headed woodpecker.\\nHe had it on the brain, and although each year a brood of\\nlittle red-headed birds were hatched in his head, the dear\\nold patriot never made a wry face, but with a benign smile\\nhe gazed over the roof of the livery stable across the street.\\nBird s-Nests in Speaking-Horn.\\nUpon the same lot with the court-house stood the fire-\\nengine-house, with its old-fashioned lookout tower. On the\\ntop of the tower was a weather-vane, made of a great fire-\\n63", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0093.jp2"}, "94": {"fulltext": "64\\nFair IVeather Ideas.\\nman s horn, but the only voices which ever issued from this\\nold speaking-trumpet were the voices of the purple martins,\\nsinging their bubbling love songs, the twittering of their\\nmates, or the impatient piping of the young birds inside\\ntheir revolving home.\\nIt was in the swinging, moving weather-vane of the\\nengine-house that these birds each year built their nests and\\nreared their young.\\nFIQ43\\nFigs. 43 to 47. The Log may be Rounded or Square.\\nA Woodpecker s House.\\nThere is an army of interesting birds called creepers,\\nsapsuckers, and woodpeckers, which no one has, apparently,", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0094.jp2"}, "95": {"fulltext": "A Back-yard Aviary. 65\\nthought of providing with homes, yet it is not difficult to\\nsuit the woodpeckers with houses.\\nA substitute for their favorite rotten tree or stump may\\nbe made of a sound piece of timber. The log may be\\nsquared or rounded, as in nature (Fig. 43). Saw off the\\nbottom so that the log may set upright, then trim off the top\\nend Avedge-shaped, to shed the rain or to receive a roof,\\nwhich will still further protect it from the weather.\\nNext saw a deep cut as shown by the dotted line, A, B.\\nWith a large-sized auger bore a number of holes in the face\\nof the log these holes must be bored deep enough to leave\\na slight indentation in the main part of the log after the\\npiece, a, fo, c, d, has been removed.\\nAfter the holes are bored begin at c, d and saw to a, b\\n(Fig. 43), and lift off the piece a, b, c, d (Fig. 45).\\nWith chisel and gouge cut out the nest holes. Make\\nthem about eight inches deep, as shown in Fig. 44. Fig. 47\\ngives a cross-section of the hole, showing it to be of the\\nsame form as those made by the birds themselves, in George\\nWashington s head, or the old stump in the woods.\\nThe Perforated Door\\nmay now be replaced and spiked to the log, and the roof\\n(Fig. 46) nailed on the top, which will complete the wood-\\npecker s home.\\nA better plan than spiking the door in place is to hang it\\non hinges, as shown in Fig. 46.\\nThe Hinged Door\\nshould be supplied with a padlock, as a safeguard against\\nchildren and too-curious grown people. A handful of saw-\\ndust thrown into the bottom of each nest-hole will supply\\n5", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0095.jp2"}, "96": {"fulltext": "66\\nFair IVeather Ideas.\\nthe place of the absorbent rotten wood to which these birds\\nare accustomed.\\nIt is claimed that the English sparrow will not nest in a\\nswinging or moving house. If this is true we may\\nBring the Martins Back\\nby supplying them with\\nswinging houses made of\\ndipper and bottle gourds,\\nhung to brackets or to hoops\\nand poles (Figs. 48 and 49).\\nFigs. 48\\nBottle Gourds Hung\\nBrackets.\\nThe Gourds for Bird s\\nHouses\\nmust be thoroughly dried,\\nand doorways cut in each,\\nnear the bottom of the bowl.\\nNever make the entrance to\\nany sort of a bird-house on a\\nline with the bottom of the\\nhouse, for the nest will block\\nthe doorway.\\nPaint the Gourds\\nbright red, green, blue, and yellow, and fasten the small\\nends to the supports with copper wire, as shown in Figs. 48\\nand 49.\\nThe Wren-House\\nshown in Fig. 50 is made of a grape-basket, and will not\\nstand rough weather, but if put in a sheltered place it will\\nlast a long time. Wrens love to build under a roof of any\\nsort.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0096.jp2"}, "97": {"fulltext": "A Back-yard Aviary,\\n67\\nFigs. 50-55.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Made from Fruit-Cans,", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0097.jp2"}, "98": {"fulltext": "68\\nFair Weather Ideas.\\nTin-Can Bird-Houses.\\nFig. 51 is an old fruit-can. Fig. 52 is the same nailed to\\na board. These tin cans may not appear beautiful when\\nnailed to tree or shed, but if neatly painted and wired to-\\ngether (Fig. 53) they will present a most attractive appear-\\nance. Fig. 54 is a nest of cans, I oofed. If a bunch of straw\\nis bound firmly together, and the opposite ends spread over\\nthe bird-house (Fig. 55), it will make a very attractive\\nthatched roof.\\nA House of Straw.\\nA pretty and durable house may be made by binding\\nstraw around hoops, and roofing the structure thus made\\nwith a bunch of straw.\\nFigs. 56, 57, and 58 explain the structure of\\nFigs. 56-58.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A Thatched Barrel.\\nA Barrel for a Martin-House\\nwhich, when neatly made and\\nthatched with straw, is de-\\ncidedly ornamental, and will\\nbe duly appreciated by your\\nbird friends.\\nIf we can keep the English\\nsparrows away, the bluebirds\\nwill nest in any sort of a shel-\\ntered hole.\\nEarthenware flower-pots,\\nas shown in Fig. 59, may be\\nused for bird-houses if you\\nenlarge the holes in their\\nbottoms to serve as door-\\nways, and enclose the upper", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0098.jp2"}, "99": {"fulltext": "A Back-yard Aviary.\\n69\\nFigs. 59-63.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 From Earthenware Pots.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0099.jp2"}, "100": {"fulltext": "70 Fair Weather Ideas,\\npart between two boards (Figs. 60 and 61) which have pre-\\nviously had places cut out to receive the pots. If any of\\nyour shade or fruit-trees have\\nOld Knot-holes\\nin them (Fig. 62), the rotten wood can be cleaned out, a\\nframe nailed around the opening, and a neat little door (Fig.\\n63) put on the frame.\\nThe door should have a hole through it, with a perch or\\nstick attached, and this will make an ideal bird-house.\\nAn Available Supply of Moist Clay\\nwill often induce the cliff-swallows to plant a colony in your\\nneighborhood, and holes made in the gable ends of your\\nstable will invite the social barn-swallow to build under the\\nprotecting roof.\\nDo not fail to keep fresh water, in shallow pans or earth-\\nenware dishes, on your lawn, for bird baths.\\nAt my suggestion Samuel Jackson, my young brother-\\nin-law, set out baths upon the lawn last summer, and the\\nphotograph on the opposite page is one which he took of\\na wild robin enjoying his free bath.\\nThere is another\\nLittle Native American\\nfriend which the noisy sparrows are doing their best to\\ndrive away. This is the house-wren as interesting and busy\\na little mite as ever protected a garden from noxious insects.\\nIf you make your wren-house door the size of a silver quarter\\nof a dollar no robber sparrow can enter to despoil the nest.\\nOf our seven common species of swallows, four are avail-\\ning themselves of the opportunity offered by the barns for\\nnesting.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0100.jp2"}, "101": {"fulltext": "Wild Robin at His Bath.\\nPhotographed f7-oin life by Samuel Jackson.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0101.jp2"}, "102": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0102.jp2"}, "103": {"fulltext": "A Back-yard Aviary. 71\\nBarn-swallows build under roofs; cliff-swallows, under\\neaves the white-bellied-s wallow and martin, in boxes setup\\nfor that purpose, when these shelters are not preempted by\\nthe English sparrows.\\nThe native swallows destroy an amount of noxious in-\\nsects beyond calculation, and almost beyond imagination.\\nWithout birds this world would, because of insects, be unin-\\nhabitable, yet each year two hundred millions of them are\\nsacrificed for women s hats and bonnets. Aside from the\\ninexcusable barbarity of this practice is its menace to our\\ntrees, our crops, and our very existence.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0103.jp2"}, "104": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER VII.\\nA BOY S BACK-YARD WORKSHOP.\\nHow to make Buildings Plumb and Level.\\nBy a workshop is meant a place where a boy can build\\na boat, sled, box-kite, man-kite,* mend a golf-club, a broken\\nbicycle, his mother s rocking-chair, his aunt s umbrella, or\\nbuild a paper-balloon. f It is a room, house, or shed, where\\na boy can do what pleases him, without being in every-\\nbody s way a place where he can retire and idly whittle\\na stick, or seriously work out some youthful invention a\\nplace where he can entertain his young friends during the\\nrainy or stormy days of winter, and where they can talk\\nover the new football team, baseball or golf club, without\\nbeing oppressed with the knowledge that their loud talk is\\nannoying the older folks.\\nThe late war has demonstrated to the whole world the\\nwonderful skill and pluck of the young American, and\\nthe world must not suppose these qualities to be suddenly\\nacquired, but must know them to be a matter of education\\nan education acquired during boyhood, at the boy s own\\nschool, with boy professors.\\nThe Success of Americans\\nis not on account of any peculiarity of the blood which\\nflows in their veins, but because they live under a govern-\\nFor description and diagrams see The Outdoor Handy Book.\\nt The American Boy s Handy Book.\\n72", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0104.jp2"}, "105": {"fulltext": "A Boy s Back-yard tVorkshop. 73\\nment which teaches independence, and the boys on the\\nplay-ground become self-reliant, resourceful lads, develop-\\ning their skill by building kites, sleds, and boats, and de-\\nveloping their pluck on the baseball and football field.\\nTo such youths it is unnecessary to enumerate the ad-\\nvantages of a Mrorkshop neither is it essential to point out\\nto them the fact that they may commence their collection\\nof tools with a serviceable pocket-knife.\\nA Good Oil-stone,\\nto keep the knife sharp, is a prize, and for its protection\\nfrom dust or injury it should be set into a block of wood so\\nthat about one-eighth of an inch of the stone projects above\\nthe block. A similar block, with a space the size of the\\nstone and one-eighth of an inch deep cut out of its centre,\\nshould be made for a cover.\\nA Hatchet\\nis not a difficult thing to procure, and a saw, a screw-driver,\\na gimlet, and a three-cornered file can be added to the col-\\nlection as opportunity offers. Next a chisel or two, and\\nyou will have a kit of tools with which, if skilfully used,\\nyou can build anything from a three-legged stool to a flying-\\nmachine.\\nUse the Best Tools You Can Get.\\nWith an axe or hatchet, an auger and a sheath-knife,\\nthe whole race of pioneers, including Daniel Boone, Davy\\nCrockett, and the parents of Abraham Lincoln, built their\\nhomes and made their household furniture.\\nIt is not to be supposed that any boy, in his right mind,\\nwill prefer an old dull auger, blunt axe, and a butcher-knife", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0105.jp2"}, "106": {"fulltext": "74\\nFair IVeather Ideas.\\nto a chest of bright, new, modern tools, but unless a boy\\nbelongs to the Miss Nancy, Little Lord Fauntleroy type,\\nhe will do his best with the implements at hand, and ac-\\nquire better ones as the occasion offers. In this manner\\nthe contents of his tool-chest will grow gradually, and keep\\npace with the development of his skill as a mechanic.\\nSuch a lad, when in need of\\nA Level,\\nwill make himself one, probably using three pieces of\\nboard, a string, and a weight, as shown in Fig. 64. The\\ntwo side-pieces of wood being\\nV exact duplicates in all dimen-\\nsions, the angles at the bot-\\ntom are necessarily equal,\\nand a line from the apex (A)\\nto the centre of the bottom-\\npiece must be a plumb line.\\nAfter sawing out his side-\\nboards and joining them at\\ntheir top edges, he nails a\\nstraight piece to the bottom-\\nends, using the utmost care to have the lower edge of the\\nbottom-board exactly the same distance from A on each\\narm that is, A B must be exactly the length of A C,\\nand B D must equal D C. He next cuts a small notch\\nat A, so that he can fit a string at the crack between the\\ntwo arms, A B and AC. A notch is also cut at D, to allow\\nthe weight play-room. When the lower edge of the bot-\\ntom-board is placed upon a level, and the string ceases to\\nvibrate, it will be found that, the bullet hanging free, the\\nstring exactly covers a line which has been previously ruled\\nacross the bottom-board. The line was ruled by placing a", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0106.jp2"}, "107": {"fulltext": "A Boy s Back-yard Workshop.\\n75\\nStraight-edge, or rule, at A and D. The slightest incline of\\nthe base-board will throw the string to one side or the other,\\nand show the base to be out of level.\\nThis implement is a simple thing to construct, is as ser-\\nviceable as a spirit-level, and as reliable.\\nFor buildings, a large-sized level, with side-pieces three\\nfeet long, is useful. Smaller ones are handy in the shop.\\nA Convenient, Home-Manufactured Plumb\\nis made by dividing a straight piece of board with\\na black line, exactly in the centre, extending from\\nend to end. This piece is notched at one end in\\nthe same manner as the previous one, and a string\\nand weight attached, as shown by Fig. 65. By\\nplacing the edge of this against a wall it can be\\ndetermined whether it is in or out of plumb.\\nThe boy who can manufacture these two tools\\ncan, with the aid of other boys, build himself\\nA Workshop\\nand it is possible he can do it alone, but when it comes to\\nlifting heavy lumber he will be glad of the assistance of\\nsome of his friends.\\nIf the reader is the happy possessor of some old locust\\nfence-posts, he has the best sort of material for a foundation.\\nLacking locust, chestnut posts will make a good substitute.\\nLacking chestnut, some carefully laid and levelled stones or\\nbricks will answer all purposes. I have seen many an old\\nhouse resting upon four heaps of rough stones, the latter\\nhaving faithfully supported the edifice for years, and pre-\\nvented the sills from rotting from contact with the damp\\nearth.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0107.jp2"}, "108": {"fulltext": "76\\nFair JVeather Ideas,\\nEven the ground will answer for\\nA Foundation,\\nif the dirt is properly packed and drained. All through\\ncertain sections of this country there are hundreds of hum-\\nble dwellings built upon mud-sills in other words, with\\nno other foundation or floor but the bare ground.\\nI will, however, suppose that you have secured some\\nposts about two feet six inches long and with good fiat ends.\\nThe better the material you can obtain, the trimmer and\\nbetter will be the appearance of your house but a house\\nFig. 66.\\nwhich will protect you and your tools may be made of the\\nroughest of lumber.\\nThe plans drawn here will answer for common or fine\\nmaterial, but we will suppose that medium material is to\\nbe used. It will be taken for granted that the reader is\\nable to procure enough two-by-four-inch timber to supply\\nstuds, ribs, purlins, rafters, beams, and posts, for the frame\\nshown in Fig. 69. Two pieces of four-by-four-inch timber,\\neach fifteen feet long, should be procured for sills. If this\\nis inaccessible, two pieces of two-by-four nailed together\\nwill make a four-by-four sill. Add to this some tongue-and-\\ngrooved boarding for sides and roof, some enthusiasm and\\ngood American pluck, and the shop is almost as good as built.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0108.jp2"}, "109": {"fulltext": "A Boy s Back-yard Workshop.\\n77\\nHow to Build the House.\\nFirst laj out the foundation, eight feet by fifteen see\\nthat the corners are square that is, at right angles test\\nthis with a tape or string, by measuring diagonally from\\ncorner to corner both ways, and if it measures exactly the\\nsame you are all right, and may proceed to dig your post-\\nholes. The outside of the posts should be flush, or even,\\nwith the outside edges of the sills and end-beams of the\\nhouse, as shown in Fig. 66. There are to be four posts on\\neach of the long sides of the house, at equal distances apart\\na little less than five feet from centre to centre of each\\npost.\\nDig the holes two feet deep, allowing six inches of the\\nposts to protrude above ground. If you drive two stakes a\\nshort distance beyond the foundation, in line with your\\nfoundation lines, and run a string from the top of one stake\\nto the top of the other, you can, without much trouble, get\\nFig. (ii.", "height": "3581", "width": "2546", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0109.jp2"}, "110": {"fulltext": "78\\nFair Weather Ideas.\\nit upon a perfect level by testing it with your home-made\\nlevel, and adjusting the stakes until the string represents\\nthe level for yotir sill. When this is done,\\nSet Your Posts\\nto correspond to the level of the string, then place your\\nsill on top of the posts, and test that with your level. If\\nfound to be correct, fill in the dirt around the posts and\\npack it firmly, then spike your sill to the posts. Go\\nthrough the same operation with the oppo-\\nsite set of posts and sill.\\nThe first difficult work is now done, and,\\nwith the exception of the roof, the rest only\\nneeds ordinary care, and what old-fashioned\\npeople used to term gumption.\\nIt is to be supposed that you have already\\nsawed off and prepared nine two-by-four-\\ninch beams, each of which is exactly eight\\nfeet long. Set these on edge from sill to\\nsill, equal distances apart, the edges of the\\nend-beams being exactly even with the ends\\nof the sills (Figs. 66 and 69). See that the\\nbeams all cross the sills at right angles, and\\nFig. 68.\\ntoe-nail them in place.\\nYou may now neatly\\nFloor the Foundation\\nwith one-inch boards these boards must be laid length-\\nwise with the building and crosswise with the beams.\\nToe-nailing, or foot-nailing, consists in driving the nails diagonally or slant-\\ningly down through the ends of the beams to the sill, in place of nailing through\\nfrom the top down to the sill.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0110.jp2"}, "111": {"fulltext": "A Boys Back-yard Workshop.\\n79\\nWhen this is finished, you will have a beautiful platform on\\nwhich to work, where you will be in no danger of losing\\nyour tools, and you may use the floor as a table, on which\\nto measure and plan the sides and roof.\\nFig. 69. A\\nIt is a good idea to\\nMake Your Ridge-Plank and Rafters\\nnow, while the floor is clear of rubbish.\\nLay out and mark on the floor, with a carpenter s soft\\npencil, a straight line, four feet long (A B, Fig. 70). At right\\nangles to this draw another line, three feet six inches long\\n(A D, Fig. 70). Connect these points (B D, Fig. 70), with a\\nstraight line, then complete the figure A B C D (Fig. 70).\\nNow allow two inches at the top for the ridge-plank at B,", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0111.jp2"}, "112": {"fulltext": "8o\\nFair JVeather Ideas.\\nand two by four for the end of the side plate at D. You\\nthen have a pattern for each rafter with a plumb-edge at\\nB and a bird s-mouth at D. The plumb-edge must be\\nparallel with B C, and the two jaws of the bird s-mouth\\n(Fig. 71) parallel with D C and A D, respectively. Make six\\nrafters of two-b3 -four-inch wood, one ridge-plank of two-\\nby-six or seven-inch wood.\\nThe Purlins and Collar\\ncan be made and fitted after the roof is raised. Set your\\nroof-timber carefully to one side, and clear the floor for the\\nstuds, ribs, and plates. First prepare the end-posts, and\\nmake them of two-by-four. Each post is of two pieces (see\\nFig. 69). There will be four outside pieces which rest on\\nthe end-beams. These will be each five feet eight inches in\\nlength, and four inside pieces, each six feet in length this\\nallows two inches at the top for the ends of the end-plates\\nto rest upon.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0112.jp2"}, "113": {"fulltext": "A Boy s Back-yard Workshop. 8i\\nExamine the Corner-Posts\\nin Fig. 69, and you will see that the outside two-by-four\\nrests partly upon the top of the end beam, and the side-\\nplate rests directly upon it. You will also observe that the\\ninside two-by-four rests directly upon the sill, which would\\nmake the former four inches longer than the outside piece,\\nif it extended to the side-plate but you will also notice\\nthat there is a notch in the end-plate for the outside corner-\\npiece to fit in, and that the end of the end-plate fits on top the\\ninside piece of the corner-posts, taking off two inches, which\\nmakes the inside piece just six feet long. This is a very\\nsimple arrangement, as may be seen by examining the dia-\\ngram. Besides the corner-posts, each of which, as we have\\nseen, is made of two pieces of two-by-four, there are four\\nstuds for the front side, each six feet two inches long, and\\none stud for the rear wall, six feet two inches long. The\\nshort studs shown in the diagram (Fig. 69), on the rear side,\\nare unnecessary, and are only shown so that they may be\\nput in as convenient attachments for shelves and tool-racks.\\nThe First Stud\\non the front is placed two feet from the corner-post, and\\nthe second one about six feet six inches from the first, to\\nallow a space for a six-foot window over the carpenter s\\nbench the next two studs form the door-jambs, and must\\nbe far enough from the corner to allow the door to open\\nand swing back out of the way. If you\\nMake Your Door\\ntwo and one-half feet wide a good size you may set your\\nlast stud two feet from the corner-post, and leave a space\\n6", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0113.jp2"}, "114": {"fulltext": "82 Fair Weather Ideas.\\nof two feet six inches for the doorway. Now mark off on\\nthe floor the places where the studs will come, and cut out\\nthe flooring- at these points to allow the ends of the studs to\\nenter and rest on the sill. Next make four ribs one long\\none to go beneath\\nThe Window,\\none short one to fit between the corner-post and the door-\\nstud (not shown in diagram), another to fit between the\\ndoor-stud and the window-stud, and another to fit between\\nthe window-stud and the first corner-post (the nearest cor-\\nner in the diagram Fig. 69). Next make your\\nSide-Plate\\nexactly fifteen feet long. Fit the frame together on the\\nfloor, and nail the pieces together, toe-nailing the ribs in\\nplace. A lot of boys may now raise the whole side-frame,\\nand the ends of the studs can be slipped into their respec-\\ntive slots, the end-posts made plumb, and temporarily held\\nin place by a board, one end of which is nailed to the top\\nend of the post and the other to the end-beam. Such a\\ndiagonal board at each end will hold the side in place until\\nthe opposite side is raised and similarly supported.\\nIt is now a simple thing to slip the end-plates in place\\nunder the side-plates, until their outside edges are even\\nwith the outside of the corner-posts and their notched ends\\nunder the side-plates, and resting snugly upon the tops of\\nthe inside pieces of the corner-post. A long wire-nail\\ndriven through the top-plates and end-plates down into the\\nposts at each corner will hold them securely in place. Toe-\\nnail a rib between the two nearest end-posts, and make two\\nwindow-studs and three ribs for the opposite end. The\\nframing now needs only the roof-timbers to complete", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0114.jp2"}, "115": {"fulltext": "A Boys Back-yard Workshop.\\n83\\nThe Skeleton of Your Shop.\\nAcross, from side-plate to side-plate, lay some loose\\nboards, for a platform then, standing on these boards, let\\nyour assistant lift one end of the ridge-plank, while with\\none nail to each rafter you fasten the two end-rafters on to\\nthe ridge-plank, fit the jaws of the bird s-mouth cuts (Fig.\\n71) over the ends of the side-plates, and hold them tempo-\\nrarily in place Avith a stay-lath that is, a piece of board\\ntemporarily nailed to rafter and end-plate. The other end\\nof the ridge is now resting on the platform at the other end", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0115.jp2"}, "116": {"fulltext": "84 Fair IVeather Ideas.\\nof the house, and this may be lifted up, for the single nails\\nwill allow movement and play to the posts.\\nThe Rafters\\nare next nailed in place, with one nail each, and a stay-lath\\nfastened on, to hold them in place. Now test the ends with\\nyour plumb-level, and when they are found to be correct,\\nnail all the rafters securely in place stiffen the centre pair\\nwith a piece called a collar (see Fig. 69). Add four purlins\\n(Fig. 69), set at right angles to the rafters, and take off your\\nhats and give three cheers.\\nBut do not forget to\\nNail a Green Bough to your Roof-tree,\\nin accordance with the ancient and time-honored custom.\\nThe sides of the house may be covered with the cheapest\\nsort of lumber, and roofed with the same material, but if\\nyou can secure good stuff, use 13 x x 91^-inch tongue\\nand grooved, one side planed so that it may be painted you\\ncan make two side- boards out of each piece six feet six\\ninches in length. Nail the sides on, running the boards\\nvertically, leaving openings for windows and doors at the\\nproper places.\\nIf you have made a triangular edge to your ridge-stick,\\nas in Fig. 70, it will add to the finish, and the roof may be\\nneatly and tightly laid, with the upper edge of one side\\nprotruding a couple of inches over the opposite side and thus\\nprotecting the joint from rain. Additional security is gained\\nby nailing what are called picket-strips x i^ inches)\\nover each place where the planks join. Lack of space for^\\nbids me to go into many details, such as the manufacture of\\nthe door and the arrangement of windows, but these small", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0116.jp2"}, "117": {"fulltext": "A Boys Back-yard IVorkshop.\\n85\\nproblems you can easily solve by examining doors and win-\\ndows of similar structures.\\nFigs. 67,72, and 73 show the arrangement of the interior\\nof the shop. Near the door and against the window is a\\nwork-bench with shelves, boxes, and tool-racks. This end\\nof the room is called\\nThe Machine-shop,\\nfor here are the metal working-tools, wire springs, locks,\\nbolts, nuts and all the odds and ends that are useful for\\nmending anything, from a bicycle to an umbrella. Under\\nthe six-foot window is the carpenter s bench for carpenter-\\nwork.\\nFig. 73. Carpenter-Shop.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0117.jp2"}, "118": {"fulltext": "86\\nFair IVeather Ideas.\\nIn Fig. 72 there is a\\nTool-rack\\nacross the front of the window for files, chisels, etc., but\\nthis is only a place to thrust the tools you happen to be\\nusing at the time. On ac-\\ncount of the danger of rain\\nfrom the open window, tools\\nshould not be left in the rack\\nafter the work is finished, in\\nplace of drawers, wooden\\nboxes are made to fit loosely\\ninto compartments prepared\\nfor them. These boxes have\\nwooden handles, as shown in\\nthe diagram, and they will\\nbe found very convenient.\\nThere is plenty of room\\nunder this work-table for\\nmore boxes when the accu-\\nmulation of materials renders\\nadditional storing-room necessary. Sets of deep pigeon\\nholes are very convenient for extra bicycle spokes and sim\\nilar objects. Fig. 73 shows\\nThe Carpenter s Bench,\\nand a few tools stored on the wall. A board with holes bored\\nin it makes a good rack for hammers saws should always\\nhang in an accessible place, and ordinary brass or iron hooks\\nmay be used for this purpose.\\nTo Protect your Auger-bits\\nfrom danger of rust, tack a piece of thick cloth or soft piece\\nof leather to the wall, using sufficient material to allow a\\nFig. 74.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 a Box.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0118.jp2"}, "119": {"fulltext": "A Boys Back-yard Workshop. 87\\nflap to hang down and cover the bits. Under the flap is a\\nnumber of pockets, divided by stitching the front to the\\nback-piece, or by tacking the division lines to the walls.\\n(See the left-hand upper corner of Fig. 73.)\\nCare of Shavings.\\nA barrel or large box or basket should alwaj^s be near\\nthe carpenter s bench to receive the shavings, and the stove\\nmust be set in a box of sand or earth, to prevent any danger\\nof hot coals falling amid the easily ignited materials in the\\ncarpenter-shop. (Fig. 68.) The hole in the roof, where the\\nstove-pipe goes through, must be protected by a sheet-iron\\nring or collar.\\nA Place for Tool-racks.\\nThe blank wall, opposite the\\ncarpenter s bench, may be covered\\nwith tool-racks, shelves, and other\\narrangements for the convenience\\nof the young workmen.\\nTo Keep Small Things.\\nA number of old square tin\\nboxes, such as certain firms use for\\npacking cocoa, mustard, and vari-\\nous other food material, may be\\nutilized by simply cutting off three p,^ 75._Tack stick,\\nsides, as shown in Fig. 74, and mak-\\ning a shelf with a depression for them to fit into, as shown\\nin the sketch.\\nThis makes a most convenient nest of boxes for screws,\\nstaples, and similar objects. Each box may be lifted out of", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0119.jp2"}, "120": {"fulltext": "88\\nFair Weather Ideas.\\nthe rack by its long back and set where it is handy, until\\nyou are through with it then it may be replaced in exactly\\nthe same spot, without trouble or annoyance.\\nFigs. 75 and 75a show\\nA Famous Old Rack,\\nwhich is familiar to all who have lived in the woods. It can\\nbe made of the branch of any shrub or tree, with the aid of\\na pocket-knife, and nailed to the wall as shown in Fig. 75a.\\nMoulding, boards, and picket-strips can be stored over-\\nFiG. 75a.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Famous Old Rack.\\nhead, resting on the end-plates and the rafter-collar in the\\nmiddle of the roof.\\nThis workshop has been planned so as not to crowd a\\nsmall back-yard, and if it is built of lumber which presents a\\nsmooth outside it may be neatly painted, and will not injure\\nthe appearance of the yard in the least. Vines may be\\ntrained over the walls of the shop and flowers planted around\\nthe outside, without in any manner interfering with its con-\\nvenience as a workshop, or lowering the dignity of the\\nyoung artisans who make it their head-quarters.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0120.jp2"}, "121": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER VIII.\\nHOW TO BUILD AN UNDERGROUND CLUB-\\nHOUSE.\\nThe muffled sound of voices, interrupted by peals of\\nhollow laughter, issuing from the apparently solid earth, is\\na sufficiently startling phenomenon of itself but when a\\ngroup of boys and a dog suddenly emerge from the ground\\nit is calculated to induce the most prosaic of persons to be-\\nlieve that the gnomes of fairy stories are, after all, living\\nrealities. For the peace of mind of all who may hear the\\nmysterious voices and see the apparitions just described, it\\nmay be well to state that the gnomes are human and are\\nmembers of the Bank-Swallows Club, and if you hear their\\nvoices under your feet it is because you happen to be stand-\\ning on the roof of their underground club-house.\\nThese\\nAmerican Gnomes\\nuse only such magic as their healthy brains and sturdy\\narms can supply, and if they cast a charm upon you it\\nwill be one of the most delightful of all spells\u00e2\u0080\u0094 the charm\\nof boyhood\\nThe club-house may be built with\\nA Doorway at the Top\\nof the bank, concealed by a trap-door, or with an entrance\\nfrom the hillside, as shown in the diagrams. If the reader\\nchooses the first style he has simply to follow the diagrams\\n89", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0121.jp2"}, "122": {"fulltext": "90\\nFair Weather Ideas.\\nhere given, and reversing the proportions of the ventilator\\nand entrance (Fig. 79), make an entrance of the vent and a\\nvent of the entrance.\\nThe Trap-Door\\nmust be placed high enough above the surface of the ground\\nto prevent the w^ater from running into the house in wet\\nw^eather, and a ladder should be provided, by which the\\nboys may climb in and out of the house with ease.\\nDimensions of the House.\\nThe house should be big enough to allow room for a\\ntable and some chairs, stools, or benches, and the roof be so\\narranged that the tallest boy in the crowd may stand\\nerect, with no fear of bumping his head.\\nThe furniture must be placed inside the frame\\nas soon as the floor is laid, because after the\\nhouse is finished the\\nentrance is too small\\nto admit the passage of\\nany object of more bulk\\nthan a creeping\\nboy.\\nThe hardest\\nwork is digging\\nthe foundation\\nin the hill-\\nside, but if\\nsix or seven\\nboys take a\\nthe work is soon\\nFig. 76. Cross-Section of Excavation.\\nhand at this, lor the fun of the thing,\\ndone.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0122.jp2"}, "123": {"fulltext": "f\\nI o\\nI\\nCO", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0123.jp2"}, "124": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0124.jp2"}, "125": {"fulltext": "An Underground Club-house.\\n91\\nA Cross-Section\\nis a picture showing how half an object looks. Fig. j^ is\\na cross-section of the excavation shown in Fig. 76a. The\\nlatter shows the finished foundation.\\nIn Fig. 79 a cross-section of the earth-bank and\\nThe Boys Underground Club-House\\nis given, affording an idea of the proper proportions of the\\ncave. When the foundation is entirely finished, collect your\\nbuilding material.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0125.jp2"}, "126": {"fulltext": "92 Fair Weather Ideas.\\nIf you have\\nNew Lumber,\\nuse it if not, use old lumber, and if you are building in the\\nwoods the house may be built of logs and roofed with poles,\\ncovered with bark and boughs. The better the material\\nthe stronger will be the house. Secure some good sound\\nplanks and a supply of long strips two inches thick and four\\ninches wide. Use two-by-fours for the frame of the house.\\nTo give a\\nPitch to the Roof,\\nto allow the water which filters through the dirt above to\\ndrain off at the eaves, make the rear posts, A, B and C, D\\n(Fig. y j exactly equal in length, but considerably longer\\nthan E, F and G, H, as in Fig. 79.\\nTo add strength, erect another post midway between\\nA, B and C, D.\\nFraming.\\nCut the sticks A, C and B, D exactly equal in length\\nand nail them to the uprights A, B and C, D, as in Fig. jj,\\nusing one nail at each corner; this will adjust the frame\\nand make the four corners square, after which you may\\nsecure them in position by diagonal pieces similar to those\\nshown on the end, A, E, B, F, Fig. jj. The corners may\\nthen be nailed. In nailing a temporary piece it is only\\nnecessary to drive the nails far enough to hold for the time.\\nNext make the frame E, G, H, F, and in the middle of\\nthis frame nail on the two door-jambs I, J, and K, L. While\\nsome of the boys hold the front and rear frames in an up-\\nright position and the proper distance apart, others can nail\\non diagonals at the two ends, and, after all is square and\\nplumb, the two string-pieces, A, E and C, G, may be se-", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0126.jp2"}, "127": {"fulltext": "An Underground Club-house.\\n93\\ncurely nailed in place, and the rafter M, O nailed to M, N\\nand O, P. This finishes the framework proper, for the\\nclub-house.\\nPassageway.\\nTo make the frame for the underg-round hall or passage-\\nway, first nail Q, S across the door-jambs, to form the top\\nto the doorway, after which put in the supports Q, R and\\nS, T. Next build the frame U, V, X, W, and join it to Q, S\\nFig. 77. The Frame.\\nby the two pieces, Q, U and S, V, and put in the middle\\nframe-support marked Z, Z, Z, Z.\\nThe passageway should be about six feet feet long, and\\nthe front doorway (U, V, X, W, Fig. 80) of just sufficient\\nsize to enable you to creep through with comfort. The\\nbottom-piece, W, X, can be nailed to a couple of stakes\\ndriven in the ground for that purpose. The next thing in\\norder is the floor, and to make this firm you must lay a\\nnumber of two-by-fours, parallel to B, D and F, H and see\\nthat they are level. You will need a number of shorter", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0127.jp2"}, "128": {"fulltext": "94 F^^i Weather Ideas.\\npieces of the same material, to run parallel to F, H and\\nW, X for the hall floor, as may be seen in Fig. 79. Across\\nthese nail your floor securely, as shown in Fig. 79.\\nThere Are No Windows\\nto the underground house, and but two openings one in the\\nroof for the ventilator, and the doorway, Q, S, L, J, Fig.\\njj. Since the outside of the wall of this sort of a house is\\nhidden by earth, it is not necessary to remove the diagonal\\nbraces upon the ends or sides, but the inside should be\\nneatly finished, and the four sides must be boarded up\\nfrom the inside, after which the side-walls to the passage-\\nway may be nailed on from the outside, the boards running\\nfrom the floor to the string-pieces, Q, U and S V, as shown\\nin Fig. 79. When this is finished, roof the house, laying the\\nboards parallel with A, E and C, G, and allowing them to\\nproject front and rear and overlap at the sides. Over each\\ncrack in the roof nail another plank, as shown in Fig. 79.\\nThe Roof\\nmay be made without the overlapping boards and the cracks\\ncovered with strips of tar-paper or old oil-cloth, or the roof\\nmay be preserved and the cracks filled by treating the\\nwhole to a coating of hot tar, daubed on with a brush\\nmade from rags tied to the end of a stick. Any sort of\\nroof which will keep out the rain will answer the purpose.\\nGumption.\\nThe plans given may be, and are expected to be, altered\\nto suit requirements. If you use this roofing you must use\\nsubstantial supports, in the way of rafters, and put them\\nclose together. In all cases, use your common-sense.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0128.jp2"}, "129": {"fulltext": "An Underground Club-house.\\n95\\nDon t put much earth on a frail roof it is only necessary\\nto cover the boards with sufficient earth or sod to conceal\\nthe wood.\\nMake a long box, of four boards (Fig. 82), for\\nA Ventilator,\\nand set this over a square hole cut in the roof for this\\npurpose. The ventilator should project at least one foot\\nand a half above ground, and the top or vent be pro-\\ntected by wire-netting or cross-pieces, nailed on as shown\\nin Fig. 82. Now spread small brush over the boards, and\\ndry leaves or straw over the brush, then shovel the dirt\\nback in the excavation until the club-house is entirely cov-\\nered pack the soil firmly all around the house, leaving only\\nthe top of the ventilator and the front door uncovered.\\nFigs. 79-83.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Cross-Section of House.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0129.jp2"}, "130": {"fulltext": "96 Fair Weather Ideas.\\nWhen all is finished to your satisfaction, conceal the ven-\\ntilator by brush or transplanted weeds or shrubs, and scat-\\nter grass and clover-seed over the new earth. Make a\\nstrong door, after the plan in Fig. 81, and fasten it on the\\nfront entrance with good hinges and a padlock, and place\\nsome brush or growing shrubs in front of the door.\\nAfter the Grass Begins to Grow\\nthere will be little to cause the passers-by to suspect that\\nthe green bank conceals a room well supplied with chess,\\ncheckers, boys books, and everything to make a boy\\nhappy.\\nDangerous Caves.\\nThere is an impulse implanted in all boys, which impels\\nthem to dig caves in every convenient bank, and these caves\\nare always more or less dangerous from their liability to\\ncave in upon the youthful miners. It not infrequently oc-\\ncurs that sad accidents do happen to youngsters, who, on\\naccount of lack of instruction, attempt to make under-\\nground retreats in some sandy bank, by boring a hole in the\\nface of the hill. If, however, they make an excavation as\\nhere directed, and illustrated by Figs, j^ and 76a, their\\nparents need feel no apprehension, for there is no more lia-\\nbility to accident than if they were digging in the home\\ngarden. Many of these houses have already been con-\\nstructed.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0130.jp2"}, "131": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER IX.\\nA BOYS CLUB-HOUSE ON THE WATER.\\nWe cannot all be Robinson Crusoes, and real desert\\nislands are scarce, but with a little work we can build arti-\\nficial islands, upon which Robinson Crusoe cabins of\\nnovel designs may be erected, and by forming\\nCrusoe-Clubs,\\nconsisting of as many members as the island homes will\\naccommodate, we shall have plenty of company. The\\nPresident of such a club may be called Robinson Cru-\\nsoe the Secretary, Man Friday the Treasurer, The\\nGoat, and the Captain, The Parrot. In selecting a site\\nfor the club-house, choose a bar or shallow place in some\\nsmall lake or pond.\\nNot only is the\\nFoundation of the Club-House Submerged,\\nbut It must be built under water, and every foot of water\\nadds to the difficulties. The following plans are made for\\nfoundations to be laid in water not much over waist-deep.\\nFor the convenience of the draughtsman, the bottom in the\\ndiagrams is supposed to be level.\\nThe Building Material\\nnecessary is such as the lumber-pile, the farm-yard, wood-\\nshed or forest will supply, and the necessary tools consist\\n7 97", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0131.jp2"}, "132": {"fulltext": "98\\nFair Weather Ideas.\\nFig. 84. Using a Home-made Maul.\\nof some mauls, a saw, auger, and hatchet. Make your\\nown mauls, by sawing off the ends of hardwood posts and\\nfitting handles in holes bored\\nin the pieces of hardwood for\\nthat purpose. Fig. 84 shows\\na boy using a home-made\\nmaul.\\nShould you be so fortun-\\nate as to be able to locate\\nyour house over\\nA Soft Bottom,\\nmake the corner piers by\\ndriving a number of stakes\\nin a circle (Fig. 84), over\\nwhich slip a barrel (Fig. 85)\\nwhich has previously had both its heads removed. If you\\nhave no barrels a box, similarly\\ntreated, will answer the pur-\\npose, and in case you have no\\nboxes, cribs, made in the form of\\nboxes open at the top and bot-\\ntom, may be used. Should you\\nbe ambitious to build in\\nTrue Robinson Crusoe\\nStyle,\\ndrive a number of lono^ stakes\\nsecurely, in the form of a circle, ss-Piacing the Barrel.\\nin the bottom of the pond, as\\nin Fig. 84, and then with grape-vines and other creepers\\nweave a basket (Fig. 86). Crusoe should know how to", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0132.jp2"}, "133": {"fulltext": "A Club-house on the Water.\\n99\\n1]\\nll\\niteL\\nWV\\n^^T;\\n:^8\\nk\\nt^\\n\\\\,0\\nw\\nf ]I3= ,JK\\nr^lji\\n--I\\n^yji\\nFig. 86.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Basket.\\ndo all these things. The Parrot should have charge of\\nthe transportation of material, and The Goat collect the\\nlumber, cobblestones, stakes,\\nand vines. All kinds of vines\\nand creepers are good for bas-\\nket-work, and almost any sort\\nof stakes will answer, but The\\nGoat must see that neither\\npoison-sumac nor poison-ivy is\\nused. Both of these plants\\nmust be avoided in any work\\nof this kind, as they are ex-\\ntremely dangerous to comfort,\\nand may cause an amount of\\nirritation which will confine\\nthe victim to his bed for days.\\nWhere vines are scarce, al-\\nmost any sort of green branches may be made to answer the\\npurpose, willow being especially adapted for basket-work\\nbut all the larger branches should be split in half to make\\nthem pliable enough to bend without breaking. You may\\nnow\\nWeave a Basket\\nby passing the vine alternately inside and outside of the\\nstakes in the circle (Fig. 86), and when the end of the\\nfirst piece in hand is reached you must duck your head un-\\nder water and push the vine to the bottom of the stakes.\\nBeginning where the last piece ended, weave a second piece\\nof vine and push it down to the bottom, and so on until the\\ntop of the water is reached. It is great fun to make these\\ncribs, and not at all difficult work, and when they are done\\nand filled with cobblestones they make fine piers for a club-\\nhouse or an artificial island,", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0133.jp2"}, "134": {"fulltext": "lOO\\nFair IVeather Ideas.\\nThe Foundation Posts\\nof the club-house should be four or five inches in diameter\\nand sharpened at their lower ends, but even then 3^ou will\\nprobably find that the united strength of several boys is\\nnot sufficient to force them far enough into the bottom to\\niffliifiMfl\\nFig. 87.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Foundation.\\nprevent swaying. Drive your foundation posts in the mid-\\ndle of the basket-crib and then\\nFill the Crib with Stones.\\nWhen the cribs are full, as the barrels are in Fig. 87, they\\nwill form durable stone piers. Four such piers will sup-\\nport a house big enough for from two to four boys. In this\\ncase the foundation posts should be long enough to form\\nthe four corners of the house. To make the posts steady,", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0134.jp2"}, "135": {"fulltext": "A Club-hoMSe on the IVater.\\nloi\\nnail two diagonal binders on the posts, from corner to cor-\\nner, crossing them in the centre (Fig. 87).\\nLet these diagonals be just above the water, and above\\nthese, and out of reach of waves, nail four\\nMore Binders,\\nin the form of a square, as A, B, C, D, in Fig. 88 are ar-\\nranged. These form the support for the floor, and four\\nFig. 88.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 a Finished Foundation.\\nmore at the top of the corner or foundation poles will make\\na support for the roof. The rest of the work is simple it\\nis only necessary to lay a floor, put on a roof, and to board\\nup the sides to have as snug a cabin as boys need want in\\nsummer-time. By using more piers you can make a foun-\\ndation of any size.\\nWhen\\nThe Bottom of the Pond\\nis hard sand, or stones, the basket-cribs may be built on\\nshore in the same manner as described, but in this case it is\\nneither necessary nor advisable to drive the stakes far into", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0135.jp2"}, "136": {"fulltext": "102\\nFair IVeatPier Ideas.\\nthe earth. When finished the crib will hold together and\\nmay be removed from the land without dislocating the\\nstakes, as the vines will hold them\\ntightly in the structure.\\nYou cannot possibly force your\\ncorner posts into the soil through\\nhard sand or stones, and you\\nmust, therefore, be content to rest\\ntheir lower ends upon the bottom,\\nin which case make a stand for\\nthem by spiking two short\\nboards, in the form of a cross,\\non the lower end of the\\nposts, then slip your cribs\\nover the posts (Fig. 89).\\nWhile two boys hold the\\npost and crib in place the\\nothers can fill the crib with\\ncobble-stones, which will\\nsteady the post until it is\\nmade entirely secure by di-\\nagonal braces and the four\\nbinders. A, B, C, D. No\\nmatter how uneven the ends of the posts may be at first, the\\ntop of the binders. A, B, C, D, must be exactly level.\\nThe water, when calm, is\\nFig. 89.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Barrel Cribs.\\nAlways Level,\\nand if you measure three feet from its surface, and mark the\\npoint on each post, vou can make the binders exactly level\\nby nailing them with their top edge exactly even with the\\nthree-foot mark on the corner posts. The posts may now\\nbe sawed off even with the binders (Fig. 88) and the floor laid.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0136.jp2"}, "137": {"fulltext": "A Club-house on the Water.\\n103\\nIn a Large Building,\\nfour extra binders nailed to the top of the crib (E, F, G, H,\\nFig. 88), will give finish to the structure, especially if they\\nare floored over to the edge of the top floor, thus making a\\nstep at the surface or under the water. Stairs may be\\nbuilt, as shown in Fig. 88. On hard bottoms they are an-\\nchored at the lower end by a large stone placed upon a\\nboard, which joins the lower ends of the side-boards but\\non soft bottoms the stairs may be first nailed to two stakes,\\nwhich are afterward driven into the mud. Fig. 90 shows\\nthe platform finished, and skeleton house erected. To build\\nthis house place the two\\ntwo-inch by four-inch\\nstrips, J, N and M, Q, on\\nthe platform at the re-\\nquired distance apart,\\nand toe-nail them in\\nplace driving the nails\\nslantingly from the sides\\ninto the floor (Fig. 92).\\nTemporary diagonal\\nBraces\\nmay be used until you\\nhave your skeleton house\\nfar enough advanced to\\nfit in some horizontal\\ncross-pieces between the\\nuprights, and to toe-\\nnail them in place. Put\\nin two sets of braces on\\neach side, one above and one below the window open-\\nings, and in the front frame, J, K. L, M, one over the pro-\\nFiGS. 90-92. Frame of House.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0137.jp2"}, "138": {"fulltext": "104 P^^^ WeatPier Ideas.\\nposed doorway, and two more in the rear frame, N, O,\\nP, Q, the latter extending from the upright, N, O, to\\nthe upright P, Q, and parallel to N, Q, as explained by\\nFig. 91. When these braces are in place your frame will\\nbe stiff enough to nail on the sidings of slabs, boards or\\npoles, and after they are in position the roof may be put on\\nwith no fear of the structure s faUing. The roof may be\\nmade of boards, as described in the underground club-\\nhouse.\\nAn Artificial Island\\ncan be made, by erecting the corner cribs and bracing them,\\nas described for the club-house, and then packing brush,\\nloaded with stones, between the boundaries of the founda-\\ntion.\\nLay the brush with the stems pointing one way and\\nplace stones on top, one layer of weighted brush over an-\\nother, until you have reached a level two feet above the\\nwater. Cover the top brush with hay, straw, or old leaves,\\nand place a layer of sods over the leaves.\\nUpon this foundation you can place as much earth as\\nyour industry will permit, and you will have a substantial\\nlittle island, upon which grass or plants will grow, and be-\\nneath which the little fishes can live amid the submerged\\nbrush.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0138.jp2"}, "139": {"fulltext": "o\\no", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0139.jp2"}, "140": {"fulltext": "d", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0140.jp2"}, "141": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER X.\\nHOW TO HAVE FUN AT A PICNIC.\\nIf feasible take hammocks and ropes for swings along\\nwith you and don t forget a\\nJoggling-Board.\\nThis is a very popular invention, from South Carolina,\\nand consists of a pine or hemlock plank, one inch thick, one\\nThe Joggling Board,\\nfoot wide and ten feet long, which, when supported at each\\nend by solid supports, or ropes from the limb of a tree, forms\\n105", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0141.jp2"}, "142": {"fulltext": "io6 Faiy IVeather Ideas.\\na seat which responds to every movement of the person\\nsitting in the centre, with a gentle, delightful joggle.\\nIf you use a wagon, stage, or omnibus, to reach the pic-\\nnic ground, start a game of\\nTurnpike Loo.\\nFirst divide your party into two sides, the lefts and the\\nrights, including the driver. Each side names and counts\\nall animals passed upon their respective sides a dog, cat,\\nsheep, pig, cow, horse, or domestic fowl, each counts one a\\nman, woman or child, five an animal with a bell, fifteen an\\nanimal looking out of a barn or stable window, twenty; and\\na dog, cat, or baby in a farm-house window counts fifty\\nthe game is two hundred.\\nThe Driver\\nwill endeavor to pass all animals upon his side; but the\\nleader of the left will get out at times and thwart the driver,\\nby chasing and coaxing the creatures to his side. The\\ngame is exciting, producing much mirth for the picnickers\\nand amazement among the farmers and live-stock.\\nA great improvement upon the old-fashioned hamper of\\nheavy dishes is the\\nModern Pasteboard Box,\\ncheap wooden pie-plates, and paper napkins. Wrap your\\nsandwiches in a damp linen napkin and with an outside\\nwrapper of confectioners parafihne paper and pack them,\\nand everything else you can, in pasteboard boxes. Salads\\nand similar foods may be carried in wide-mouthed glass\\njars; mayonnaise dressing, sliced cucumbers and tomatoes\\nin the same manner.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0142.jp2"}, "143": {"fulltext": "How to Have Fun at a Picnic, 107\\nPack the Ground Coffee,\\nwith an t^^ rolled in paper, in the coffee-pot. Make the\\ninto a bundle large enough to fit on top the coffee, with\\nno room to roll or jolt about. The butter or other grease,\\nleft after the feast, may be melted and poured into the small\\npaper or wooden boxes a wick of twisted paper or rag,\\nthoroughly soaked with the grease, will make a lamp.\\nName the lamps, set them afloat, and the light which goes\\nout last is supposed to be your truest admirer.\\nThe Rhode Island Clam-Bake,\\nthe Pennsylvania Pond-Stew, the V^irginia Soup, and the\\nKentucky Burgoo, are about the jolliest forms of picnics\\nknown in this country.\\nResting in the laps of the high hills and mountains of\\nPennsylvania are many small lakes. Here the picnickers\\nspend the forenoon capturing what edible aquatic creatures\\ntheir skill can procure, all of which are put into the stew-\\npan along with vegetables, thus making a sort of fresh-\\nwater chowder of the most appetizing nature.\\nBurgoo.\\nIn Virginia and Kentucky it was an old-time custom for\\nthe gentlemen to spend the forenoon hunting and fishing,\\nand the slaves in the afternoon cooked the game and fish in\\ngreat iron pots, hung over blazing wood fires, thus making\\na most savory dish for the ladies who joined the party\\ntoward evening. This is the origin of the Virginia Soup\\nand the Kentucky Burgoo.\\nThe latter is the most famous, and has been enjoyed by", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0143.jp2"}, "144": {"fulltext": "io8\\nFair Weather Ideas,\\nall great Kentuckians, from Marshall, Clay, and Lincoln, to\\nthe present da}^\\nSince the practical extermination of game, domestic fowls\\nare used as a substitute for wild birds. When you have a\\nBurgoo ask a certain number of guests to each bring a raw\\nThe Burgoo.\\ndressed chicken, duck, or goose, and others to bring vege-\\ntables, peeled and ready for the pot. The head cook, or\\nBurgoo-Master, brings herbs, salt, freshly ground black pep-\\nper, salt pork, olives, and lemons.\\nAs a substitute for the old-fashioned, cumbersome iron\\nkettle, take a large, pail-shaped", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0144.jp2"}, "145": {"fulltext": "How to Have Fun at a Picnic, 109\\nClothes-boiler,\\nbought new for the occasion. Build your fire between two\\ngreen logs, and use the logs to support the boiler over the\\nflames. Half fill the boiler with water and pour in all the\\nvegetables and meats, and allow them to boil slowly until\\nthe bones settle to the bottom and the other ingredients are\\nreduced to a pulp.\\nIt Takes Time to Properly Cook a Burgoo,\\nand the contents of the pot must be constantly stirred, es-\\npecially when nearly cooked, in order to prevent the vege-\\ntables and meat from burning and imparting a scorched\\nflavor to the soup.\\nThe stirring is done with long-handled paddles, crudely\\nwhittled by the men. The young people who take turns in\\nstirring, walk around the steaming caldron to the time of\\nvocal music, and should any maid, by accident or design,\\nclick her paddle against one in the hands of a young man,\\nthe young man may claim a penalty.\\nWhen the Soup is Cooked\\nit is seasoned to taste, and must be served hot. The olives\\nare extracted from the olive jar, and one olive placed in each\\ncup, with a slice of lemon. The olive liquid remaining in the\\njar is poured into the hot soup and then the soup is ladled\\nout and poured over the lemon and olive in each cup. If\\nthe Burgoo-Master has attended strictly to his work the\\npicnickers will find it one of the most delicious soups which\\nthey have ever tasted.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0145.jp2"}, "146": {"fulltext": "no\\nFair Weather Ideas.\\nThe preparation of the Burgoo does not employ all\\nhands of a large party all the time, and the idle ones may\\namuse themselves with\\nA Game of Jack-Fagots.\\nAn armful of fagots is held a foot from the ground and\\nallowed to fall, and then the first player, with a crooked\\nstick, hooks out as many\\nfagots as possible, with-\\nout disturbing the re-\\nmainder. The slightest\\nmovement of a fagot, not\\nhooked, ends the turn,\\nand, after counting the\\nscore, the fagots are\\nbunched and allowed to\\nfall for the next player.\\nThe sticks successfully\\nremoved by each player\\nJack Fagots. constitutc the individual\\nscores.\\nIn the afternoon all must join in some games little folks,\\nold folks, and young folks. Choose some of the games\\nchildren play, such as\\nOld Dan Tucker.\\nBy lot, or by old-fashioned counting out verses, let\\nchance decide who is to be It, or Tucker, and let all\\nthe other males, big and little, select partners as they\\nwould for a dance, and form a ring around Tucker. At", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0146.jp2"}, "147": {"fulltext": "How to Have Fun at a Picnic. 1 1 1\\na signal from It each player must face his partner and\\nsing\\nHipperty-Hop, Hipperty-Hop\\nJoyfully now we sing.\\nAs we hop to the right and hop to the left,\\nAround Dan Tucker s ring\\nKeeping time with the music the players go, with a\\nhipperty-hop step, to the right of the first and to the left of\\nthe second, weaving in and out until the partners meet;\\nthen right-about-face and back again in the same manner\\nto their places. Next all join hands and\\nCircle Around Tucker, Singing\\nGo round and round old Tucker,\\nGo round and round old Tucker,\\nGo round and round old Tucker,\\nAs we have gone before\\nWhen the couples are again back in their places the\\nsong is changed, and suiting the action to\\nThe Words, They Sing\\nI put my right hand in,\\nI put my left hand out,\\nI give my right hand a shake, shake, shake.\\nAnd turn myself about\\nUsing the same verse the girls now sing, I put my\\npretty face in, etc. Then their partners sing, I put my\\nugly mug in, etc. Then all sing I put my right foot in,\\netc., and after the last shake of the right foot all again join\\nhands and advancing and", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0147.jp2"}, "148": {"fulltext": "1 1 2 Fair Weather Ideas,\\nCrowding on Tucker\\nfrom all sides, and back again to places, they sing\\nGo in and out the window,\\nGo in and out the window,\\nGo in and out the window.\\nAs we have done before.\\nChanging the refrain, they next sing\\nGo Stand and Face Your Partner,\\nrepeating three times, and ending with as we have done\\nbefore. At the last word they face their partners and give\\nthem their right hand, their left hand to the next, and, giving\\nhands right and left, sing Hipperty-Hop Hipperty-Hop,\\nending this time with\\nNow Let Old Tucker Join Us.\\nAs soon as Tucker has secured the partner he wants\\nhe shouts\\nGet out of the way for old Dan Tucker,\\nYou re too late to get your supper,\\nand the boy or man left without a partner is It for the\\nnext game. The tunes for the verses can be obtained from\\nthe children. This is all taken from children s games.\\nPitch-peg-pin Pitching\\nis a great game for hilarious fun. The pegs are sticks, two\\nfeet long, sharpened at one end, and nine in number. Put\\nthe pointed ends in the ground, forming a diamond, with", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0148.jp2"}, "149": {"fulltext": "How to Have Fun at a Picnic. 113\\neach peg two feet from its nearest neighbor, and the one\\nat one apex about twenty feet from a taw-line.\\nLet All the Girls,\\nbig, little, married, and unmarried, form one side, and an\\nequal number of boys, old and young, form the other side.\\nThe boys then choose a First Lady, who is to lead their\\nopponents, and the girls choose a First Gentleman, who is\\nto command the men. With three short clubs in her hands\\nthe First Lady toes the taw-line and endeavors to knock\\nall the pegs down, in three consecutive throws with the\\nclubs.\\nThe pegs are then reset, the score recorded, and\\nThe First Gentleman Takes\\nthe clubs and his turn. When all have had a turn the indi-\\nvidual scores are compared, and the right arm of each man\\nor boy is bound with a pocket-handkerchief to the left arm\\nof the girl, woman or matron whose score most nearly ap-\\nproaches his own, and the First Lady and First Gentleman\\nchoose up for sides, taking a couple at each choice. In the\\norder of their score number, the couples now take their turn\\npitching clubs at the pins, the man, of necessity, using his\\nleft hand and the woman her right to throw the clubs,\\nwhich they do simultaneously.\\nThe Scores\\nare again compared and the couples bound into fours, and\\nthe fours into sixes, until each side is bound into a continu-\\nous line, with only the left hand of the end man and the right", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0149.jp2"}, "150": {"fulltext": "114 /v7/r JVeather Ideas.\\nhand of the end woman to pitch-peg-pin with, and make the\\nfinal score of the game.\\nLawn Hab-enihan.\\nMark with a whitewash brush upon the grass, scratch\\nwith a stick upon the bare ground or hard sand of a shore,\\ntwelve concentric circles. Number the rings from the out-\\nside to the centre.\\nSupply each player with a dozen smooth stones, about\\nthe size of the pahn of one s hand. If you can get fiat, water-\\nwashed stones, with rounded edges, they make the best\\nHabs. Standing upon the taw-line at the distance from\\nthe target agreed upon, each player in turn pitches a hab at\\nthe target, or Enihan, leaving a stone inside the circle\\nstruck. But if his hab rests upon a line which bounds the\\nrings he loses his turn after the first shot. The player may\\nremove a hab from the circle last struck, or set another hab\\nin it, or, counting from where any one of his habs rests, can\\nmove that hab as many circles toward the centre as corre-\\nsponds with the number of the circle last struck.\\nIf this moves the hab to the centre and leaves some\\nfigures over he can place a new hab forward as many rings\\nas correspond with the numbers left over. If any player\\ncan cast two habs into a circle occupied by some other\\nplayer s hab, the successful player captures the other hab\\nand removes it. The game consists of any specified number\\nof points, and when any one of the players has no habs on\\nthe enihan the game is ended. Then each player counts the\\nnumber of his habs in the centre and the number of captured\\nnabs, and whoever has the most adds to his or her individ-\\nual score the number of habs left on the enihan. The play-\\ners have three objects constantly in view: to protect his or", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0150.jp2"}, "151": {"fulltext": "How to Have Fun at a Picnic. 115\\nher habs from capture by getting more than one in the same\\ncircle, to work to the centre, and to capture the opponent s\\nhabs. This is an exciting outdoor game, which may be\\nplayed with the material at hand, and when two players\\nhave each a hab in the same circle, and each hab is moving\\nnearer and nearer the centre, the danger of a lucky shot and\\ncapture keeps them guessing.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0151.jp2"}, "152": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XI.\\nHOW TO BUILD AND HOW TO FURNISH A\\nDANIEL BOONE CABIN.\\nImagination is a great thing and can do wonders it\\ncan surround the most commonplace objects with an at-\\nmosphere of romance, in which nothing is impossible or im-\\nprobable. A whiff of smoke from the fireplace where wood\\nis burning, means nothing but a faulty chimney yet, as the\\nsmell of burning wood reaches the nostrils, Association\\nsets the wheels of\\nImagination s Mill\\nwhirring, and all unbidden come visions floating through\\nour minds of camps, camp-fires, fish pickerel, bass, and\\ntrout quail, rabbits, and venison-steaks, broiling over the\\nhot coals. My, it makes a fellow hungry to think of such\\ngood things Roasted ears of sweet-corn, flapjacks, and\\ncorn-dodgers, piping hot, pass in a procession before us,\\nand, as the sparks fly up the chimney,\\nThe Ghosts of the Fireplace\\ntroop in: and a hale and husky lot of ghosts they are, with\\ntheir coon-skin caps, buckskin clothes, and beaded mocca-\\nsins. Each ghost wears a strap slung over his shoulder,\\nfrom which hang a bullet-pouch and a curiously engraved\\ncow-horn powder-flask as they file by, with their long\\nii6", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0152.jp2"}, "153": {"fulltext": "A Daniel Boone Cabin.\\n117\\nsingle-barrelled flint-lock rifles, we are not surprised to see\\namong them the great Daniel Boone, his friend Simon Ken-\\nton, and the unique, dashing, Davy Crockett.\\nAll in vain do the trucks thunder by our windows, and\\nfutile are the efforts of the clanging cable-car bells and the\\nroar of the great city to recall us to the present humdrum\\nHome of Young Pioneers.\\ntimes. We are under the spell of the king of magicians,\\nand our minds are wandering free in the wild woods we\\ncan even hear the distant wolves howl, and the blood cur-\\ndling yell of the painted savage. Is it a wonder that we\\nlove the generous old-fashioned fireplace Is it strange\\nthat the log-cabin is dear to the hearts of American boys?", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0153.jp2"}, "154": {"fulltext": "ii8 Fair JVeather Ideas.\\nThe Log-House\\nsaw the birth of our nation its rude interior sheltered our\\ngreat men, and beneath its slabbed roof heroes were born.\\nTo-day it is still the most practicable, durable, and simply\\nconstructed house invented for a forest home, and any boy\\ncan build a log-house large enough to form a comfortable\\ncamp for vacation days. For muscles unaccustomed to such\\nexercise it is hard work to cut down large trees, and, un-\\nless the young woodsman has served an apprenticeship on\\na farm or in a lumber-camp, it is dangerous work to fell big\\ntimber but any lad may cut down\\nTrees of a Smaller Growth,\\nwithout danger to life or limb. Small-sized logs save much\\nlabor in chopping, sawing, rolling, and snaking to camp;\\nbesides all this, logs of small diameter look best for a house\\nof small dimensions.\\nTherefore, in selecting the material for your proposed\\nhouse, choose only such trees as are best suited to the\\nstrength of the builders. There is no rule which fixes the\\ndiameter of a log or pole, so a log-house is a log-house, no\\nmatter whether the diameter of the log from which it is built\\nbe four inches or four feet. When a log is hauled by men,\\nhorses, or oxen, through the woods, it is called snaking.\\nThe Skid\\nis two or more logs laid on the ground, upon and across\\nwhich the other logs are piled up for use. Common-sense\\nwill direct you to select only the timber which comes near-\\nest being straight, and also to cut the logs considerably\\nlonger than the length marked on the plan.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0154.jp2"}, "155": {"fulltext": "8", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0155.jp2"}, "156": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0156.jp2"}, "157": {"fulltext": "A Daniel Boone Cabin.\\n119\\nFig. 93 shows the plan of a simple cabin, 6 feet wide by\\n10 feet long-, inside measurement.\\nFig. 95 is a rough sketch and plan of two such cabins\\nunder one roof, with a hallway, or gallery, as they call it\\nin the South, between them. Fig. 96 is a plan of the saddle-\\nbag. In this sketch you will see how your house may be\\nDflORWAy\\nQROUNDPLAN\\n6IX BY TEN CABIN\\nfj6 03.\\nOOORWvAy\\nHUN K ^S\\n\\\\J\\nFigs. 93 and 94.\\nZJ\\n3\\nV\\nenlarged, at any time, by the addition of a duplicate house,\\nwith a roofed space between the two.\\nFirst decide upon the exact spot where you intend to\\nLocate Your Cabin,\\nthen stake out the cabin according to your plans, and clear\\nthe ground for the house.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0157.jp2"}, "158": {"fulltext": "I20\\nFair Weather Ideas.\\nTo facilitate rolling the logs as you need them, arrange\\nsome skids close by the site of the house, and allow them to\\nslant toward the proposed cabin.\\nIf there are any stones handy,\\nBuild a Foundation\\nby making a pile of stones a foot or two high, at each of the\\nfour corners, in such a manner that the logs resting on these\\nsupports will be at the same level at each end, level with\\neach other, and exactly six feet apart.\\nFor Floor-Joists\\ntake a number of strong poles, and, with a sharp hatchet,\\ngive them a flat side for the floor-boards to rest upon, and\\ntrim off each end, wedge-shaped, as shown by Fig. 94, the\\nrough sketch at the bottom right-hand corner of Fig. 93.\\nYou understand, of course, that\\nThe Floor-Supports\\nmust be of sufficient length to reach from the front sill-log\\nto the back sill-log. Nail each joist at each end to the sill-\\nlogs, and place them\\nabout two feet apart.\\nIf it is thought that\\nthe flooring of the\\ncabin makes too\\nmuch work, you may\\nbuild one with a\\nmud-sill, by using\\nthe hard earth for\\nfloor and foundation.\\nFigs. 95 and 96. Abraham Lincoln", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0158.jp2"}, "159": {"fulltext": "A Daniel Boone Cabin. 121\\nlived in a mud-sill house, and there are hundreds of such\\nhouses in the Southern States.\\nWith the exception of the sill-logs, all the logs are\\nnotched at both ends and on both sides (Figs. 97 and 98)\\nthe sill-logs are notched at both ends, but only on one side,\\nas shown by Fig. 98. Logs of the same diameter as the sill-\\nlogs can be laid between them on the bare ground and used\\nfor joists, but the best plan is a stone foundation, and a plank\\nfloor at least a foot or two above the earth.\\nLog-Rolling.\\nNow is the time to invite all your friends to a grand old-\\ntime log-rolling ask the girls to come and cook the coffee\\nand make the sandwiches.\\nThe two end-logs may first be rolled down from the skids,\\nnotched and fitted in place across the ends of sill-logs (Fig.\\n93), and then the next two side-logs, and so on, alternating\\nuntil the walls are built but you must remember to allow\\nfor the doors, windows, and fireplace openings. When the\\nwalls are so high that it is a difficult task to lift the logs in\\nposition, put up a couple of skids and roll the logs up the\\nincline, which is better than wasting your strength in trying\\nto lift such burdens. When the walls have reached the\\nheight of the top of the lowest opening, nail some\\nDoor and Window Opening\\nplanks, temporarily, close to the proposed opening on both\\nsides of it, and on the inside and outside of the house this\\nis to hold the logs in position while the opening is being\\ncut. A, in Fig. 99, shows a binder. After the binders are\\nin place, saw the top log through at the proposed opening,", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0159.jp2"}, "160": {"fulltext": "122\\nFair IVeather Ideas.\\nto allow room for the saw, and then proceed to build as\\nbefore. See Fig. 98, showing opening over door and win-\\ndow the binders are not shown in this diagram.\\nA Fireplace\\nis by no means an absolute necessity for a summer cabin,\\nbut an open fire is a great addition to a house, and upon\\ncool evenings, even in the summer-time, its genial warmth\\nFigs. 97 and 98.\\nis not to be despised. The protruding ends of the logs, at\\nthe four corners of the cabin, may be left as they happen to\\nbe until the house is finished, no matter how irregular their\\nappearance. With a two-handled saw, and a boy at each\\nend, the ends may be cut off evenly this will give a fin-\\nished appearance to the cabin. You can have", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0160.jp2"}, "161": {"fulltext": "A Daniel Boone Cabin. 123\\nAny Sort of a Roof\\nwhich suits your fancy it may be framed, as described in\\nChapter VIL, or, by using round poles, it may be framed\\nas shown by Fig. 98 and roofed with slabs or planks, as\\nshown by Fig. 100, or the roof may be shingled with clap-\\nboards, a name used for shingles or boards, about three\\nfeet long, and laid on as ordinary shingles are first course\\nat the eaves, second course breaking joints and overlapping\\nthe first, and so on, until the roof-tree is reached.\\nIf shingles, clapboards, and planks are out of reach, the\\nroof may be shingled with bark; if birch bark is used, it\\ncan be held in place by poles laid upon the outside of the\\nroof, as I have often seen the hand-rived clapboards held in\\nplace where they use no nails in the construction of their\\nhomes.\\nThe Most Essential Piece of Furniture\\nfor the house, if you are to live in it, is the bed or bunk.\\nThis can be made in various simple and effective pat-\\nterns. At the Sportsmen s Show in New York there was\\nan elaborately constructed bedstead, made of the rough\\nbranches of trees, but however ornamental this style of\\ncouch may be, it is not essential to comfort, and requires\\ntime and skill to manufacture, neither of which the average\\nboy is willing to lavish on camp furniture.\\nThe Bunks\\nshown in the plan (Fig. 93), are made with two horizontal\\npoles, flattened at the ends and upon one side, after the\\nmanner of the rough sketch at the Fig. 94. These poles\\nextend from side to side of the cabin, and rest upon the logs\\nof th^e wall, to which they are securely nailed. The ends", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0161.jp2"}, "162": {"fulltext": "124\\nFair IVeather Ideas.\\nare further supported by a cross-plank, or pole, fastened\\nto the walls, as a support for the side-rods of the bunk.\\nSlats are made of sticks split\\nin half and nailed to the side-\\nbars, as shown in the plan.\\nOne bunk is placed over an-\\nother, until there is no room\\nfor more, and then the three\\nor more bunks are filled with\\nstraw, hay, or spruce boughs,\\nover which the blankets are\\nspread, and the bed is made.\\nWith a mud-sill house you\\ncan\\n11 -^^^i f I.. Make a Lincoln Bed.\\n\u00c2\u00abl Abraham Lincoln s father\\nfl I 1 f* i/T^^ had no bedstead, and no means\\n^^N^^ ^lfc///-/^^ Jg(, _Jr ~_^ of getting one but to make\\nFig. 99.-Binder and Jamb for Opening, ^t, and UO tools but an auger\\nand axe to make it with. A\\nstake was driven in the ground, near the corner of the cabin,\\nabout four feet from one of the walls, and six feet from the\\nother. Auger-holes were then bored in the wall opposite,\\nand poles driven into them, the other ends meeting on the\\nstake; across these were laid laths rived from an oak, and\\nupon them rested the straw-bed of our great President.\\nWhen Your House is Crowded,\\nthe floor offers space for sleepers, and you may choose\\nup, for first choice. As a rule the top berth is first choice,\\nas in it you feel less cramped for breathing-space, for there", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0162.jp2"}, "163": {"fulltext": "A Daniel Boone Cabin. 125\\nis nothing but the roof above you. Unless the boys are\\nmore than usually expert builders, there will be no lack of\\nfresh air, even when your house is crowded. To prevent\\ntoo much wind entering, it is well to\\nStuff all the Spaces Between the Logs\\nwith mud or clay, mixed with moss, and while some of the\\nboys are in the woods gathering the moss, and others mix-\\ning and dampening the clay, the more skilled mechanics can\\nMake the Door\\nand hang it in the doorway, which, with the other proposed\\nopenings, may be now sawed out and heavy jambs nailed\\non, before the binders are removed. The wooden hinge of\\nthe door can be made of ash, hickory, or oak, and may be\\nsimply a straight stick or rod about six and a half feet\\nlong and two inches in diameter (Fig. 105). Bore a hole\\nin the upper log over the doorway, about six inches deep\\nif the log is of less diameter than this, bore the hole through\\nthe log. Bore a hole in the lower, or sill-log, but make it\\nonly deep enough to securely hold one end of your hinge-\\nrod, and then trim the rod to fit in this hole, making it a\\ntrifle shorter than the distance between the end of the top\\nhole and the end of the sill hole. Flatten one side of the\\nhinge-rod, so that it may fit neatly along the edge of the\\ndoor, but do not fasten it on the door until after the rod is\\nin place. Spring the rod in place by slipping the top end\\ninto the top hole as far as it will go, and then pushing the\\nbottom end over the sill hole. When it slips in place set\\nthe door up, in the position it would be when wide open,\\nand fasten it to the flattened edge of the hinge-rod, with\\ngood strong screws. Close the door and mark the edge on\\nthe jamb, then nail a narrow strip of wood along the line, to", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0163.jp2"}, "164": {"fulltext": "126\\nFair Weather Ideas.\\nprevent the door swinging any farther than it is necessary\\nfor it to swing when closed or make it as shown by Fig. 105,\\nand hang it with iron hinges, as doors at home are hung.\\n6 Rpo^j^aisii^\\nFig. 100. Board or Slab Roof.\\nIf You Have Money to Spend,\\nand men to work under your directions, you can have the\\nregulation door, floor, and roof the cracks in the wall\\ncalked with mortar, and a stone or brick chimney and fire-\\nplace built. In fact, you can make a palace of logs, with", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0164.jp2"}, "165": {"fulltext": "A Dmtiel Boone Cabin.\\n12\\nplate-glass windows, but you will not have a log-cabin, and you\\nzvill miss all the fun to be derived from creating something by\\nyour own labor, which is the highest sort of joy the joy of\\nthe artist! Any chump, with money, can hire men to\\nbuild houses which would be impossible for his stupid brain\\nand clumsy hands to accomplish. Besides which, the men\\nhe hired to do the work would be the only ones who de-\\nrived any real pleasure from the construction of the houses.\\nYou must not understand from this that you are to use\\nOiled Paper for Glass, in Your Windows,\\nif you can obtain real glass, but that in case you cannot, the\\npaper makes a good substitute, and one which was used in\\nmany a pioneer s cabin. In Virginia there are log-houses,\\nstill occupied, which have not even a paper window a hole,\\nclosed in bad weather by a wooden shutter, being the only\\nopening besides the doors, and the moonshiners of the moun-\\ntain districts seldom have windows at all, but depend upon\\na front and rear door to supply light for the house, and when\\nthese doors are closed the fire supplies the illumination.\\nThe Lamps\\nthey use, when they have any, are small pans or saucers\\nfilled with melted fat, in which a piece of rag is placed, and\\nfurnishes a wick for this primitive light. In 1897 I wa-s\\ngiven one of these Betty lights by a mountain host, to\\nlight me to bed.\\nEvery boy s log-house should be supplied with lanterns\\nand candles, but the candles must be stored in tin boxes,\\notherwise\\nThe Brownies Will Eat Them.\\nBrownies are the wild wood-mice and flying-squirrels\\nwhich will use your house during your absence, and not only", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0165.jp2"}, "166": {"fulltext": "128 Fair IVeather Ideas.\\neat the candles, but anything else you may leave unpro-\\ntected. They ate up my soap, and then, for dessert, went\\nto the kitchen and ate up the stove-polish. In small hou es\\nyou will probably not have stove-polish, or stoves.\\nAfter the opening in the wall of the cabin for the fire-\\nplace is sawed out, you may build up a good, strong wall, on\\nthe three outer sides of\\nThe Fireplace\\n(Figs. io6 and 107). Build these walls as you did the cabin\\nwalls, and fit the ends of the logs neatly against the cabin\\nlogs, and put chunks in between the logs at the cabin end,\\nto level them. When the walls are as high as the opening\\nin the cabin, you are ready to begin the work of building\\nthe inside clay-lining.\\nIt will take a considerable quantity of clay to finish your\\nfireplace and chimney, and a rough box, like the mortar-box\\nused by builders, will be found most convenient for mixing\\nthe clay.\\nSaw off the ends of some sticks of wood and make some\\nWooden Hammers, or Mauls,\\nof them, by boring holes through the pieces 3 ou have sawed\\noff and putting handles in the holes. These mauls may vary\\nfrom three to five inches in diameter, and will be found to\\nbe the most convenient sort of tool for breaking the dry\\nclay before it is dampened, and they will also be of great\\nservice in beating the clay down, for the fireplace and hearth.\\nMake the floor to the fireplace and the hearth by spreading\\nthe damp clay over the space and hammering it down until\\nit is hard add more clay, and beat it until the hearth and\\nfire-floor (Figs. 107 and 108) are level and firm. You may\\nthen put on enough water to make the surface slippery, and", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0166.jp2"}, "167": {"fulltext": "A Daniel Booiie Cabin.\\n129\\n^^^ttfe^^^\\nFigs. 101-105.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0167.jp2"}, "168": {"fulltext": "I30\\nFair Weather Ideas.\\nsmooth it off with a trowel made of a shingle and a branch,\\nafter the manner of the one shown in the foreground of\\nFig. 98.\\nNext Build Your Clay Walls\\non the inside, against the log outside walls, and extending to\\nthe inside of the cabin wall. Make the clay into the form of\\nbricks and build up the jambs and lining, about one foot\\nthick, to the top of the fireplace, using wet clay for mortar.\\nFor the Chimney\\nsplit some sticks and make them about one inch wide by one\\nand one-half inch thick, and with clay for mortar build the\\nFigs. 106 and 107.\\nchimney, log-cabin style (Fig. 106), to the required height,\\nleaving a space between the chimney and outside wall of the", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0168.jp2"}, "169": {"fulltext": "A Daniel Boone Cabin. 131\\nhouse. Plaster it well with clay, especially upon the inside,\\nand be careful to keep it plumb.\\nA short time ago, while on a sketching trip through the\\nmountains of East Tennessee and Kentucky, I saw hun-\\ndreds of these\\nStick Chimneys\\nwhich have done service for years. Some of them were\\nbeautiful specimens of skill, while others had a decided list\\nto port or starboard, as a sailor would say, and were appar-\\nently carelessly made.\\nIn the mountains the fireplaces are lined with stones, in\\nplace of clay, but in Illinois, where stones are scarce and\\nmud plenty, the old-time log-cabin hearth and fireplace\\nwere always made of clay.\\nBesides the berths or bunks already described, a table\\nand some benches, or three-legged stools, will be found\\nvery useful articles of furniture. In a small house a\\nTable Takes Up Needed Room,\\nand as it is principally used at meal-time, a contrivance that\\nmay be put away when not in use is most desirable; such a\\ntable can be made of two wooden horses, with boards laid\\nacross them. When the weather is fair the table may be\\nset out-doors, and when the weather is foul it can be placed\\nin-doors. The horses and boards may be kept on the porch,\\nif you have one, or in a shed or on the rafters overhead.\\nThree-Legged Stools.\\nA piece of two-inch plank, with three oak, ash, or hick-\\nory sticks driven into three holes bored for the purpose,\\nmakes a stool which will last a lifetime. Two such stools", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0169.jp2"}, "170": {"fulltext": "132 Fair Weather Ideas.\\nhave been in use for twelve or thirteen years in my Pike\\nCounty (Pa.) cabin, and are just as good as new to-day.\\nNow, when your work is done and you balance yourself\\non a three-legged stool, and rest from your labors, remem-\\nber you are sitting on what has before now proved to be the\\nincipient Presidential chair.\\nGeneral Camp Notes for Old Boys.\\nIf the boys suppose that their parents are not inter-\\nested in out-door life, they are mistaken, for the author\\nnever fails to receive a batch of letters from grown-up peo-\\nple, whenever he publishes an out-door article for the boys.\\nThat the boys may answer the questions put to the author\\nby the parents, and incidentally profit themselves by the in-\\nformation, the following suggestions to campers are given.\\nIt will be observed that, when talking to the old people,\\nthe question of having sufficient funds is not taken as strictly\\ninto account as it is in all the plans for the boys themselves.\\nWhen You Start for Camp\\nleave artificialities and fripperies behind, packed up in cam-\\nphor, and bring only your free, untrammelled self with you,\\nand ho for a frolic, for flapjacks and coffee, sweet-scented\\nspruce boughs, camp-fires, and the fireside song, and the\\nmusic of the banjo. Let your first care be to secure cheer-\\nful, happy companions, as the most important articles for\\nyour camping outfit.\\nWhite flannel trousers and blazers are for the seaside\\nand summer resorts, not for camp. You go to camp for\\nhealth and fun, not for display therefore leave your good\\nclothes in your trunk at the last railroad station, to be\\ncalled for when you quit the woods and once more enter", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0170.jp2"}, "171": {"fulltext": "A Daniel Boone Cabin, 133\\nthe land of creased trousers and starched shirts, of stocks,\\nlong skirts, and ties.\\nHow the Women Should Dress.\\nA woman s camp-dress should consist of a scant, short\\nskirt, bloomers, leggings, and stout, broad-soled shoes, loose\\nshirt-waist, and Norfolk jacket, the latter plentifully sup-\\nplied with pockets. Whatever prejudice a woman may have\\nagainst short skirts and bloomers is soon overcome after\\nshe has tried to climb fallen trees and rocks, or made her\\nway through thick underbrush, encumbered with the ab-\\nsurd long skirts of the house or street, or after she has\\ntramped to camp with a wet and bedrabbled skirt flapping\\naround her ankles, caused by a walk in the dewy morning,\\nor a paddle in a leaky boat. Women should have their\\ndresses made of strong material, with lots of pockets,\\nlike a man s hunting-clothes. They will find their capabili-\\nties for enjoyment greatly enhanced by this, and the men,\\nat least, will think them just as bewitching and far better\\ncompanions than they would be if they were dressed in\\ncity gowns, hats and feathers, and low shoes.\\nThe Requirements for a Camp.\\nEach person in camp should be supplied with a good,\\nbig-bladed jack-knife a woodsman, or, what is about the\\nsame thing, a person with good common-sense, can supply\\nhimself with food and shelter, with no other ready-made\\ntool than a good strong knife.\\nSalt, pepper, and sugar, must be put on the list then\\nflour in sack, oatmeal, cornmeal, rice, and lard crackers,\\nbeans, coffee in tin, tea in bag, cocoa, condensed milk in cans,\\nevaporated cream in cans, butter in pail, pickles, dried fruit", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0171.jp2"}, "172": {"fulltext": "134 ^/r Weather Ideas.\\nin bags, a bag of potatoes, molasses, pork, boneless bacon,\\nand, if you are fond of it, a few jars of orange marmalade\\nsal-soda for sweetening dubs, and ginger for medicinal\\npurposes; several cakes of common soap for dish-washing,\\nsome dish-towels, and some soap for toilet purposes also\\na tin coffee-pot, a long-handled frying-pan, a small griddle,\\na nest of tin pails, the smallest capable of holding a quart\\nor less, and the largest a gallon or more two or three\\npaper pails or water-buckets, two or three iron kitchen\\nspoons and forks, and a camp boiler, a firkin and a wooden\\nspoon, also a strong axe and a hatchet.\\nFrom the Stand-point of Health.\\nIt is presupposed that people who intend to spend their\\nvacation in camp are lovers of the beautiful consequently,\\nin selecting a camping-place, a spot should be chosen which\\ngives the finest possible view of mountains, lakes, or rivers,\\neven if some inconvenience must be suffered in the selec-\\ntion. The camp must be dry and well-drained, so that in\\ncase of sudden storms there will be no danger of the water\\nflooding the tents, wetting the bedding or spoiling the\\nfood. A gentle sloping ground is best. Avoid locating in\\nthe track or below the mouths of innocent-looking gullies\\nor ravines, that may, in case of rain, be developed into\\ntorrents of muddy water, and sweep the camp like a cloud-\\nburst.\\nA supply of pure water contributes as much to the en-\\njoyment of the campers as to the preservation of health.\\nCommon-sense will direct that the camp be selected within\\neasy reach of some bubbling spring or fresh, uncontam-\\ninated brook of running water, but there is another thing\\nof paramount importance, and that is a handy supply of\\nfuel. The latter is of even more importance than that of", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0172.jp2"}, "173": {"fulltext": "A Daniel Boone Cabin. 135\\nwater. With a wooden man-yoke, water is easily trans-\\nported for quite a distance, but no one who has not tried\\nit can realize the difficulty of carrying fuel even a short\\ndistance.\\nMaking the Shack or Shelter.\\nThe Adirondack camp is made from the materials fur-\\nnished by the forest, and it is put together in the form of a\\nshack or shelter, by the woodsmen or guides. Spruce-trees,\\neight or nine inches in diameter, are cut down, quickly\\nstripped of their bark, and one of them suspended between\\ntwo trees eight or ten feet from the ground, or is support-\\ned by forked sticks. Others are then laid standing up to\\nit, and the incline is shingled with the bark, to keep out the\\nrain. Your bed is on the ground beneath the bark roof.\\nPut a log at the head, and a smaller one at the foot, and\\ncover the intervening space with a thick layer of flat spruce\\nboughs, neatly laid, with all the unnecessary sticks thrown\\nout chop down some young balsams and strip them of all\\ntheir twigs selecting all those of about twelve inches in\\nlength, begin at the foot of the bed and work up, sticking\\nthe butt-ends of the balsam twigs into the spruce boughs.\\nPlace them as close together as possible, with their tops\\nslightly inclining to the foot of the couch. After all the\\nbalsam is planted scatter the fine tips of some hemlock\\nboughs over the balsam, and spread your blanket over all.\\nKwy bag or pillow-case, filled with hemlock and balsam tips,\\nmakes a good, sweet-scented pillow. All that then remains\\nto be done is to fill up the ends of the shack with brush,\\nroll a back-log in front of your camp, and start the fire.\\nAt night spread your blankets on the spruce twigs, stretch\\nyourself out and watch the dying embers of the fire until\\nyou gradually drift into the sweet slumber of the camper.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0173.jp2"}, "174": {"fulltext": "136 Fair Weather Ideas,\\nThe Brush-Covered Lean-to\\nis a triangular tent, open in front, made of one piece of\\ncanvas fastened to a horizontal pole in front, to the ground\\nin the rear, and hanging down at the sides. Over this a\\nrude, shack-like Adirondack camp is built, not to keep out\\nrain but to protect the canvas, with the green brush, from\\nsparks from the camp-fire. In no case must the brush touch\\nthe cloth, for during a rain the canvas will leak wherever\\nany object is resting against it, either from the inside or\\noutside.\\nA tent is the favorite abode of all campers. They are\\ntransported with much greater ease than the most simply-\\nconstructed portable house. A tent may be erected with\\nthe expenditure of less labor than any of the preceding\\ncamps, and furnishes a comfortable shelter all the year\\nround. Even in the bleak mountains of Alaska tents are\\noften used by miners, wintering near their mines. A good\\nwall-tent, with a fly and a wooden floor, is protection enough\\nfor the most delicate of persons.\\nStandard drills and yacht twills are better adapted to the\\ncamper s purposes than heavier materials, and besides are\\nless expensive. The list prices of wall-tents, from nine by\\nnine feet to sixteen and a half by fourteen feet, are from $14\\nto $26. The flies are listed at from $4.50 to $9.70.\\nIn Tents with Roofed Verandas.\\nThe Amazon tents are in the form of a lean-to, with a\\nroofed veranda, so to speak, in front.\\nShanties are small houses of plank, roofed with plank, and\\nare built by the natives, at costs varying with the price and\\naccessibility of the lumber. A good, water-tight shanty\\nought to be erected in most sections for about $25. Bunks", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0174.jp2"}, "175": {"fulltext": "A Daniel Boone Cabin.\\n137\\nof planks are built in the shanties, one above the other, and,\\nwhen filled with straw and covered with a blanket, make\\ncomfortable sleeping-quarters.\\nPortable houses are now manufactured of all forms and\\nsizes, from a child s small playhouse to a two-story frame\\nstore. These buildings are made in sections; all parts are\\nnumbered and labelled, and may be put together and taken\\napart at will. Many of these houses are designed especially\\nfor camps, and may be shipped to the camping-ground with\\nlittle trouble and erected with little loss of time. At the\\nsame factory may be purchased terra-cotta chimneys, in\\nsections, ready to be stacked up for use. Some people pre-\\nfer to build a chimney of stone or brick and leave it stand-\\ning when the house is moved, others making stovepipe serve\\nfor a chimney.\\nWhat is Needed for Table and Larder.\\nFor table furniture select white blue-rimmed cups and\\nsaucers, and plates of granite-ware. The gray enamelled\\nware is not as good, for many\\nreasons. These enamelled or\\ngranite-ware dishes are as easily\\ncleaned as china, but, unlike\\nchina, they will not break. Nick-\\nel-plated teaspoons are in every\\nway as good as silver for camp\\npurposes, and should not cost\\nmore than three cents apiece.\\nKnives and forks to match can\\neasily be found. Be sure they\\nare modern ones with three tines.\\nLay in a supply of candles, and two or three common\\nstable lanterns. You may add to these items as many", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0175.jp2"}, "176": {"fulltext": "138 Fair Weather Ideas.\\nluxuries as your baggage will supply room for, or your purse\\nor taste dictate. Fruit syrups, such as are used at reputable\\nsoda-water fountains, make very pleasant and healthful\\ndrinks when combined with good, cold spring-water.\\nLemons will keep in a cool, dry place for two weeks, and as\\na garnish for fish or soup not only give an appetizing look,\\nwhich, as a rule, is unnecessary in camp food, but they add\\nto the taste and relish, which is a property that persons\\nblessed with good appetites appreciate, even when on a\\ncamping expedition.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0176.jp2"}, "177": {"fulltext": "m^\\nCHAPTER XII.\\nFLAT-BOATMAN S HORN.\\nIt was in the golden age of\\nwhittling that wooden bugles\\nand the Wabash horns were in\\ntheir prime.\\nIt is hardly an exaggerated figure of speech to say that\\nthe United States, with all its power and wealth, has been\\nwhittled out of the raw material by our ancestors, with their\\nBarlow knives.\\nI think I have already told the readers, in one of my\\nother books, that the practice of\\nWhittling\\nwas not formerly confined to the youth of the country\\nlawyers, merchants, and statesmen, were adepts in the art,\\nand on the counter of every well-regulated tavern was al-\\nways to be found a heap of sweet-smelling cedar sticks for\\nthe guests to whittle, alter meals.\\nEven as early as Puritan times the jack-knives were\\nbusy, and the little conscience-stricken Nathaniel Mathers\\n139", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0177.jp2"}, "178": {"fulltext": "140 Fair IVeather Ideas.\\nconfesses that of the manifold sins which then I was guilty\\nof none so sticks upon me as that, being very young, I\\nwas whittling on the Sabbath day, and for fear of being seen\\nI did it behind the door.\\nTimes have changed since this poor little chap hid be-\\nhind the door to whittle a stick, and some of the less con-\\nscientious descendants of the Puritans would not dare now\\nto whittle on Sunday, or any other day, for fear of cutting\\ntheir clumsy, untrained fingers. But the fingers of the\\nreaders of this book, I trust, are skilful in the use of a\\npocket-knife, and for them it will not be a difficult task to\\nmake a Wabash, or Flat-boatman s, wooden horn.\\nThe wooden horn was the particular favorite of the jolly,\\nreckless flat-boatmen. Its soft musical notes sounded\\nespecially sweet and mellow in the early morning, when the\\nboatmen were casting loose their cables from their moor-\\nings. From Pittsburg to New Orleans the reveille of the\\nboatmen s horns announced the dawn of another day.\\nDescriptions of these horns have come to us from our\\npioneer grandparents, and printed accounts can only be\\nfound by rummaging among old Western papers. The\\nFrankfort (Kentucky) CommofiwcaltJi, in 1836, published\\nsome verses extolling the boatman s music:\\nOh, boatman, wind that horn again\\nFor never did the joyous air\\nUpon its lambent bosom bear\\nSo wild, so soft, so sweet a strain.\\nAnd this horn was made of the same material as the boat.\\nThey performed upon a wooden bugle of long conical shape,\\nconstructed of small wooden staves, which, according to all\\naccounts, produced sounds of a wonderfully sweet tone.\\nOn a beautiful, clear and still morning the echoes of the", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0178.jp2"}, "179": {"fulltext": "A Flat-boatman s Horn.\\n141\\nboatmen s trumpets, prolonged at a great distance through\\nthe neighboring woods and hills which bordered the river,\\nare said to have possessed a charm and enchantment which\\nnone can realize but those who have heard them.\\nThe Western boatmen were not the only ones who used\\nWooden Bugles,\\nfor there is an instrument of this kind still preserved in\\nKentucky, and is now, or was a few years ago, in the posses-\\n-5oxj;v]T5J:^\\\\5iir2^^5\\nFigs. 109 and no.\\nsion of Mrs. Annie Mayhall, a granddaughter of Captain\\nRobert Collins.\\nColonel Richard Johnson made a famous charge in the\\nwar of 1 812, and Captain Bob Collins sounded the charge\\non his home-made cedar horn.\\nIf there are any illustrations of this charge, the bugler\\nwill no doubt be represented as blowing on the regulation\\nbrass instrument but you must remember, boys, that the", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0179.jp2"}, "180": {"fulltext": "142\\nFair IVeather Ideas.\\nartists were not in that fight. Artists have a way of doing\\nthings up fine, as may be seen by the pictures of our\\nRevolutionary Soldiers,\\nall in regulation uniforms, when\\nthe truth is that there was scarcely\\na uniformed regiment in the army.\\nThe grand old fellows fought in\\ntheir hunting garb, or the dress\\nthey wore on the farm, in the\\nstore, the church, or the tavern;\\nand while they may not have used\\nwooden horns, it is very probable\\nthat many a Continental bugler\\ncarried an old cow s-horn, with\\nwhich to sound the reveille.\\nBut the bugle which sounded the death-knell of the\\ngreat Indian chief Tecumseh was\\nThe Old Wooden Horn of Captain Bob Collins.\\nIt was made of two cedar slabs, three-sixteenths of an\\ninch in thickness, and these were trimmed and bent so that\\nwhen their edges were joined they formed a funnel-shaped\\ninstrument which was about four inches in diameter at the\\nbell or larger end, and tapered down to a convenient size at\\nthe small end, or mouth-piece. The two cedar slabs were\\nheld in place by hoops made of cow s-horn.\\nWhether it was a habit acquired in the army, or whethe\\nCaptain Bob was once a flat-boatman, is not recorded, but\\ncertain it is that the doughty Captain always sounded the\\nreveille at sunrise, and it was not until 1864, when death\\ncalled the old man home, that the neighbors, for miles", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0180.jp2"}, "181": {"fulltext": "A Flat-boatmafi s Horn.\\n143\\naround, saw the sun rise unheralded by the notes of the\\nquaint instrument.\\nTo make a horn like Captain Bob s requires nice work\\nin steaming, bending, and joining the cedar slabs, but Cap-\\ntain Bob belonged to the Barlow-knife age, and undoubt-\\nedly knew how to use one.\\nFortunately for boys less skilful than this old pioneer, our\\nancestors have furnished us another kind of horn, which\\nany boy can make. The original sketches, from which\\nthe accompanying diagrams are drawn, were made for the\\nauthor by a very old gentleman who was himself once a flat-\\nboatman and used the Wabash horn.\\nThis instrument is known as\\nThe Wabash Horn,\\n(see illustration), for it was among the boatmen from that\\nriver that it was always found.\\nSince the introduction of the house-boat as a popular\\nsummer vacation boat, there is no reason why the Wabash\\nhorn should not be rescued from the legends of the West\\nand hung under the eaves\\nof every American boy s\\nhouse-boat, to be used to\\nsummon the crew, as it was\\nin the good old times be-\\nfore Fulton filled the waters\\nwith his steam-boats and the\\nair with their ear-splitting\\nV listles.\\nThe Wabash horn is one\\nFig. 112.\\n01 the most primitive artairs\\npossible it is simply a long box, open at both ends, and dif-\\nfers from an ordinary box in the fact that one end is very", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0181.jp2"}, "182": {"fulltext": "144 Fair Weather Ideas.\\nmuch smaller than the opposite end; the big end is the bell\\nof the horn, and the small end is the part you put to your\\nlips.\\nAmong the Flat-boatmen\\nthese horns were made of pine, and sometimes they were as\\nmuch as eight feet long but five or six feet will be long\\nenough for any ordinary boy.\\nFig. 109 shows a six-foot slab, smoothed and trimmed\\ninto proper form. It should be less than a quarter of an\\ninch thick, and made of red-wood, pine, or cedar, which is\\nfree from knots, cracks, or blemishes of any kind. Make it\\nfour or five inches wide at the big end and two inches wide\\nat the small end, outside measurement. See that the edges\\nare perfectly straight and true otherwise your horn will\\nleak, and not only be difficult or impossible to blow, but if\\nyou do succeed in making a noise with it the notes will be\\nflat and unpleasant. The other three slabs are of the same\\nform as the one described, but to make the openings square\\ntwo sides must be of dimensions given, and with the other\\ntwo you must allow for the thickness of the wood, and\\nmake them just that much narrower than the first two\\n(Fig. no).\\nFor a Mouth-piece,\\nto fit the end of the horn, take a cedar block (Fig. iii) of\\nsuch dimensions that there will be no risk of splitting it\\nwith an auger, and bore a hole through its centre, after\\nwhich it may be trimmed down to any required dimensions.\\nNext put three sides of your box together and fasten them\\nsecurely, with small brads.\\nYou can now see the exact form of the small end, and\\ncan whittle your cedar mouth-piece (Fig. 112) to fit the little\\nend of the box, and round off the protruding end, as shown\\nin the diagram.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0182.jp2"}, "183": {"fulltext": "A Flat-boatman s Horn. 145\\nThe diagrams of the block and mouth-piece are drawn\\non a much larger scale than those of the slab and box, that\\nthey may be better understood.\\nWith a piece of sand-paper, wrapped around a pine stick,\\nsand-paper the hole in the cedar mouth-piece until it is\\nperfectly smooth. Put the mouth-piece in place, tack on\\nthe remaining side to the box, and your Wabash horn is\\nfinished.\\nYou can now practise until you learn the bugle-calls,\\nand then hang it under the eaves of your boat, with a just\\nfeeling of pride in the knowledge that you are not only a\\nboatman, and a modern wide-awake boy of to-day, but that\\nyou lack neither the skill nor the self-reliance of the boy of\\nthe day before yesterday.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0183.jp2"}, "184": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XIII.\\nTHE AMERICAN BOY S HOUSE-BOAT.\\nWhen the g. at West of the United States began to\\nattract immigrants from the Eastern coast settlements, the\\nOhio River rolled between banks literally teeming with all\\nsorts of wild game and wilder men then it was that the\\nAmerican house-boat had its birth.\\nThe Mississippi, Ohio, and their tributaries furnished\\nhighways for easy travel,\\nof which the daring pio-\\nneers soon availed them-\\nselves.\\nLumber was to be had\\n^^3- for the labor of felling the\\ntrees. From the borders of the Eastern plantations to the\\nprairies, and below the Ohio to the Mississippi, and from the\\nGreat Lakes to the Gulf of Mexico, was one vast forest of\\ntrees. Trees whose trunks were unscarred by the axe, and\\nwhose tail tops reached an altitude which would hardly be\\nbelieved by those of this generation, who have only seen\\nsecond, third, or fourth-growth timber.\\nWhen the settlement of this new part of the country be-\\ngan it was not long before each stream poured out, with its\\nown flood of water,\\nA Unique Navy.\\nThere were keel-boats, built something like a modern\\ncanal-boat, only of much greater dimensions there were\\n146", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0184.jp2"}, "185": {"fulltext": "1 s\\nr\\n-4", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0185.jp2"}, "186": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0186.jp2"}, "187": {"fulltext": "The American Boys House- Boat. 147\\nSome of These House-Boats\\nare as crudely made as the Italian huts we see\\nbuilt along the railroads, but others are neatly\\npainted, and the interiors are like the prover-\\nbroad-horns, looking like Noah s arks from some\\ngiant s toy-shop, and there were flat-boats and\\nrafts, the latter with houses built on them, all\\nrecklessly drifting, or being propelled by long\\nsweeps down the current into the great solemn,\\nunknown wilderness.\\nEvery island, had it a tongue, could tell of\\nwrecks every point or headland, of adventure.\\nThe perils were great and the forest solemn,\\nbut the immigrants were merry, and the squeak-\\ning fiddle made the red man rise up from his hid-\\ning-place and look with wonder upon the long\\nknives and their squaws dancing on the decks\\nof their rude crafts, as they swept by into the\\nunknown.\\nThe advent of the steam-boat gradually drove\\nthe flat-boat, broadhorn, keel-boat, and all the\\nprimitive sweep-propelled craft from the rivers,\\nbut many of the old boatmen were loath to give\\nup so pleasant a mode of existence, and they built\\nthemselves house-boats, and, still clinging to their\\nnomadic habits, took their wives, and went to\\nhouse-keeping on the bosom of the waters they\\nloved so well.\\nTheir descendants now form what might well\\nbe called a race of river-dwellers, and to this day\\ntheir quaint little arks line the shores of the Mis-\\nsissippi and its tributaries.\\nFig. 114.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0187.jp2"}, "188": {"fulltext": "148 Fair Weather Ideas,\\nbial New England homes, where everything is spick-and-\\nspan.\\nLike the drift-wood, these boats come down the stream\\nwith every freshet, and whenever it happens that the waters\\nare particularly high they land at some promising spot and\\nearn a livelihood on the adjacent water, by fishing and work-\\ning aboard the other river-craft, or they land at some farm-\\ning district, and as the waters recede they prop up and\\nlevel their boats, on the bank, with stones or blocks of wood\\nplaced under the lower corners of their homes.\\nThe muddy waters, as they retire, leave a long stretch of\\nfertile land between the stranded house and the river, and\\nthis space is utilized as a farm, where ducks, chickens, goats\\nand pigs are raised, and where garden-truck grows luxu-\\nriantly.\\nFrom a boat their home has been transformed to a farm-\\nhouse but sooner or later there will be another big freshet,\\nand when the waters reach the late farm-house, lo it is a\\nboat again, and goes drifting in its happy-go-lucky way\\ndown the current. If it escapes the perils of snags and the\\nmonster battering-rams, which the rapid current makes of\\nthe drifting trees in the flood, it will land again, somewhere,\\ndown-stream.\\nLately, while on a sketching trip through Kentucky, I\\nwas greatly interested in these boats, and on the Ohio\\nRiver I saw several making good headway against the\\nfour-mile-an-hour current. This they did by the aid of\\nBig Square Sails,\\nspread on a mast planted near their bows, thus demonstrat-\\ning the practicability of the use of sails for house-boats.\\nThe house-boats to be described in this article are much", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0188.jp2"}, "189": {"fulltext": "The American Boys House- Boat. 149\\nbetter adapted for sailing than any of the craft used by the\\nwater-gypsies of the Western rivers.\\nFor open and exposed waters, like the large lakes which\\ndot many of our inland States, or the Long Island Sound on\\nour coast, the following plans of the American boy s house-\\nboat will have to be altered, but the alterations will be all\\nin the hull. If you make the hull three feet deep it will\\nhave the effect of lowering the cabin, while the head-room\\ninside will remain the same. Such a craft can carry a good-\\nFiG. 115.\\nsized sail, and weather any gale you are liable to encounter,\\neven on the Sound, during the summer months.\\nSince the passing away of the glorious old flat-boat days,\\nidle people in England have introduced the\\nHouse-Boat as a Fashionable Fad,\\nwhich has spread to this country, and the boys now have a\\nnew source of fun, as a result of this English fad.\\nThere are still some nooks and corners left in every\\nState in the Union which the greedy pot-hunter and the de\\nvouring saw-mill have as yet left undisturbed, and at such", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0189.jp2"}, "190": {"fulltext": "150 Fair IVeaiher Ideas.\\nplaces the boy boatmen may wind their horns, as their\\nancestors did of old, and have almost as good a time. But\\nfirst of all they must have a boat, and for convenience the\\nAmerican boy s house-boat will probably be found to excel\\neither a broadhorn or a flat-boat model, it being a link be-\\ntween the two.\\nThe simplest possible house-boat is a Crusoe raft, with\\na cabin near the stern and a sand-box for a camp-fire at the\\nbow. A good time can be had aboard even this primitive\\ncraft. The next step in evolution is the long open scow,\\nwith a cabin formed by stretching canvas over hoops that\\nreach from side to side of the boat (see Fig. 113).\\nEvery boy knows how to build\\nA Flat-Bottomed Scow,\\nor at least every boy should know how to make as simple a\\ncraft as the scow, but for fear some lad among my readers\\nhas neglected this part of his education, I will give a few\\nhints which he may follow.\\nBuilding Material.\\nSelect lumber that is free from large knots and other\\nblemishes. Keep the two best boards for the sides of your\\nboat. With your saw cut the side-boards into the form of\\nFig. 114; see that they are exact duplicates. Set the two\\npieces parallel to each other upon their straight or top\\nedges, as the first two pieces shown in Fig. 115. Nail on an\\nend-piece at the bow and stern, as the bumper is nailed in\\nFigs. 116 and 117; put the bottom on as shown in Fig. 115,\\nand you have a simple scow.\\nSee p. 100, The American Boy s Handy Book.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0190.jp2"}, "191": {"fulltext": "l^he American Boy s House- Boat 151\\nCentre-Piece.\\nIn Fig. 115 you will notice that there are two sides and\\na centre-piece, but this centre-piece is not necessary for the\\nordinary open boat, shown by Fig. 113. Here you have\\none of the simple forms of house-boat, and you can make it\\nof dimensions to suit your convenience. I will not occupy\\nspace with the details of this boat, because they may be\\nseen by a glance at the diagrams, and my purpose is to tell\\nyou how to build the American boy s house-boat, which\\nis a more elegant craft than the rude open scow, with a can-\\nvas-covered cabin, shown by Fig. 113.\\nThe Sides of the House-Boat\\nare 16 feet long, and to make them you need some sound\\ntwo-inch planks. After selecting the lumber plane it off\\nand make the edges true and straight. Each side and\\nthe centre-piece should now measure exactly 16 feet in\\nlength by 14 inches in width, and about 2 inches thick.\\nCut off from each end of each piece a triangle, as shown by\\nthe dotted lines at G, H, I (Fig. 114) from H to G is i foot,\\nand from H to I is 7 inches. Measure from H to I, 7 inches,\\nand mark the point. Then measure from H to G, 12 inches,\\nand mark the point. Then, with a carpenter s pencil, draw\\na line from G to I, and saw along this line. Keep the two\\nbest planks for the sides of your boat, and use the one that\\nis left for the centre-piece. Measure 2 feet on the top or\\nstraight edge of your centre-piece, and mark the point, A\\n(Fig. 114). From A measure 8 feet 10 inches, and mark the\\npoint C (Fig. 1 14).\\nWith a carpenter s square rule the lines A, B and C, D,\\nand make them each 10 inches long, then rule the line, B,", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0191.jp2"}, "192": {"fulltext": "152\\nFair Weather Ideas.\\nD (Fig. 114). The\\npiece A, B, C, D\\nmust now be care-\\nfully cut out this\\ncan be done by\\nusing the saw to\\ncut A,BandD,C.\\nThen, about 6\\ninches from A,\\nsaw another line of\\nthe same length,\\nand with a chisel\\ncut the block out.\\nYou then have\\nroom to insert a\\nrip-saw, at B, and\\ncan saw along the\\nline B, D until\\nyou reach D,\\nwhen the piece\\nmay be removed,\\nleaving the space\\nA, B, D, C for the\\ncabin of the boat\\n(see Figs. 116 and\\n117).\\nAt a point 9\\ninches from the\\nbow of the boat\\nmake a mark on\\nthe centre-piece,\\nand another mark\\n5 inches farther\\nFig. 116.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0192.jp2"}, "193": {"fulltext": "The American Boy s House- Boat. 153\\naway, at F (Fig. 114). With the saw cut a slit at each mark,\\nI inch deep, and with a chisel cut out, as shown by the dotted\\nlines do the same at E, leaving a space of 1 1^ feet between\\nthe two notches, which are made to allow the two planks\\nshown in the plan (Fig. 116), to rest on. These planks sup-\\nport the deck and the hatch, at the locker in the bow. The\\nnotches at E and F are not on the side-boards, the planks\\nbeing supported at the sides by uprights. Figs. 116 and 117.\\nAll that now remains to be done with the centre-piece is\\nto saw some three-cornered notches on bottom edge, one at\\nbow, one at stern, and one or two amidships this is to allow\\nthe water which may leak in to flow freely over the whole\\nbottom, and to prevent it from gathering at one side and\\ncausing your craft to rest upon an uneven keel.\\nNext select a level piece of ground near by and arrange\\nthe three pieces upon some supports, as shown in Fig. 115,\\nso that from outside to outside of side-pieces it will meas-\\nure just 8 feet across the bow and stern. Of i-inch board\\nMake Four End-Pieces,\\nfor the bow and stern (see A, A Fig. 115), to fit between\\nthe sides and centre-piece. Make them each a trifle wnder\\nthan H, I, Fig. 114, so that after they have been fitted they\\ncanbe trimmed down with a plane, and bevelled on the same\\nslant as the bottom at G, I, Fig. 114. It being 8 feet be-\\ntween the outside of each centre-piece, and the sides and the\\ncentre-piece being each 2 inches thick, that gives us 8 feet\\n6 inches, or 71^ feet as the combined length of A and A\\n(Fig. 115). In other words, each end-piece will be half of\\n7^ feet long that is, 3 feet 9 inches long. After making\\nthe four end-pieces, each 3 feet 9, by 9 inches, fit the ends in\\nplace so that there is an inch protruding above and below.\\nSee that your bow and stern are perfectly square, and nail", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0193.jp2"}, "194": {"fulltext": "154\\nFair IVeather Ideas.\\nwith wire nails through the sides into A and A toe-nail at\\nthe centre-piece that is, drive the nails from the broad side\\nof A and A slantingly, into the centre-piece, after which\\ntrim down with your plane the projecting inch on bottom,\\nto agree with the slant of the bottom of the boat.\\nNow for the Bottom.\\nThis is simple work. All that is necessary is to have\\nstraight, true edges to your one-inch planks, fit them to-\\nI\\nFig. 117. Cross-Section of Boat\\ngether, and nail them in place. Of course, when you come\\nto the slant at bow and stern the bottom-boards at each end\\nwill have to have a bevelled edge, to fit snugly against the\\nboards on the fiat part of the bottom of the boat but any\\nboy who is accustomed to shake the gray matter in his\\nbrain can do this. Remember, scientists say that thought\\nis the agitation of the gray matter of the brain, and if you\\nare going to build a boat or play a good game of football\\nyou must shake up that gray stuff, or the other boys will\\nput you down as a stuff. No boy can expect to be suc-\\ncessful in building a boat, of even the crudest type, unless", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0194.jp2"}, "195": {"fulltext": "The American Boy s House- Boat 155\\nhe keeps his wits about him, so I shall take it for granted\\nthat there are no stuffs among my readers.\\nAfter the boards are all snugly nailed on the bottom, and\\nfitted together so that there are no cracks to calk up, the\\nhull is ready to have\\nFig. 118.\\nThe Bumpers\\nnailed in place, at bow and stern. See the plan. Fig. ii6,\\nand the elevation. Fig. 117. The bumpers must be made\\nof 2-inch plank, 8 feet long by about 9 inches wide wide", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0195.jp2"}, "196": {"fulltext": "156\\nFair JVeather Ideas.\\nenough to cover A and A of Fig. 115, and to leave room\\nfor a bevel at the bottom edge to meet the slant of the\\nbow and stern, and still have room at the top to cover the\\nedge of the deck to the hull (see Fig. 117).\\nThe Hull May Now be Painted,\\nwith two coats of good paint, and after it is dry may be\\nturned over and allowed to rest on a number of round\\nsticks, called rollers.\\nIf you will examine Fig. 116 you will see there\\nTwenty-odd Ribs.\\nThese are what are called two-by-fours that is, 2 inches\\nthick by 4 inches wide. They support the floor of the\\ncabin and forward locker, at the same time adding strength\\nto the hull.\\nThe ribs are each the same length as the end-board, A and\\nA of Fig. 115, and are nailed in place in the same manner.\\nEach bottom-rib must have a notch 2 inches deep cut in\\nthe bottom edge to allow the free passage of water, so as to\\nenable you to pump dry. Commencing at the stern, the\\ndistance between the inside of the bumper and the first\\nrib is I foot 6 inches. This is a deck-rib, as may be seen by\\nreference to Figs. 116 and 117. After measuring ii^ feet\\nfrom the bumper, on inside of side-board, mark the point\\nwith a carpenter s pencil. Measure the same distance on\\nthe centre-piece, and mark the point as before then care-\\nfully fit your rib in flush or even with the top of the side-\\npiece, and fasten it in place by nails driven through the side-\\nboard into the end of the rib, and toe-nailed to centre-piece.\\nDo the same with its mate on the other side of centre-\\npiece.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0196.jp2"}, "197": {"fulltext": "The American Boys House-Boat. 157\\nThe Cabin of this House-Boat\\nis to fit in the space, A, B, D, C of the centre-piece,\\nFig. 114. There is to be a i-inch plank at each end (see\\nFig. 117), next to which the side-supports at each end of\\ncabin fit. The supports are two-by-twos so, allowing i\\ninch for the plank and 2 inches for the upright support, the\\nnext pair of ribs will be just 3 inches from A B, Fig. 114,\\nof the centre-piece (see Figs. 116 and 117). The twin ribs\\nat the forward end of the cabin will be the same distance\\nfrom D C, Fig. 114, as shown in the plan and elevation,\\nFigs. 116 and 117. This leaves five pairs of ribs to be dis-\\ntributed between the front and back end of the cabin.\\nFrom the outside of each end-support to the inside of the\\nnearest middle-support is 2 feet 6 inches. Allowing 2 inches\\nfor the supports, this will place the adjoining ribs 2 feet 8\\ninches from the outside of the end-supports. The other\\nribs are placed midway between, as may be seen by the ele-\\nvation, Fig. 117.\\nThere is another pair of\\nDeck-Ribs\\nat the forward end of the cabin, which are placed flush with\\nthe line D, C, Fig. 1 14 (see Figs. 1 16 and 117). The two pairs\\nof ribs in the bow are spaced, as shown in the diagram.\\nThis description may appear as if it was a complicated\\naffair but you will find it a simple thing to work out if you\\nwill remember to allow space for your pump in the stern,\\nspace for the end-planks at after and forward end of cabin,\\nand space for your uprights. The planks at after and for-\\nward end of cabin are to box in the cabin floor.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0197.jp2"}, "198": {"fulltext": "158\\nFair IVeather Ideas.\\nThe Boat May Now be Launched\\nby sliding it over the rollers, which will not be found a\\ndifficult operation.\\nThe Plans Show Three Lockers\\ntwo in the bow under the hatch and one under the rear\\nbunk but if it is deemed necessary the space between-\\ndecks, at each side of the cabin, may be utilized as lockers.\\nIn this space you can store enough truck to last for months.\\nA couple of doors in the plank at the front of the cabin\\nopening, under the deck, will be found very convenient to\\nreach the forward locker in wet weather.\\nFig. 119.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0198.jp2"}, "199": {"fulltext": "The American Boys Hotise-Boat. 159\\nThe Keel\\nis a triangular piece of 2-inch board, made to fit exactly in\\nthe middle of the stern, and had best be nailed in place be-\\nfore the boat is launched (see Fig. 117). The keel must\\nhave its bottom edge flush with the bottom of the boat, and\\na strip of hard-wood nailed on the stern-end of the keel\\nand bumper, as shown in the diagram. A couple of strong\\nscrew-eyes will support the rudder.\\nAfter the boat is launched the\\nSide-Supports for the Cabin May be Erected.\\nThese are two-by-twos and eight in number, and\\neach 5 feet 9 inches long. Nail them securely at their lower\\nends to the adjoining ribs. See that they are plumb, and\\nfasten them temporarily with diagonal pieces, to hold the\\ntop ends in place, while you nail down the lower deck or\\nflooring.\\nNow fit and nail the two i-inch planks in place, at the\\nbow and stern-end of the cabin, each of which has its top\\none inch above the sides, even with the proposed deck (see\\ndotted lines in Fig. 117).\\nUse Ordinary Flooring,\\nor if that is not obtainable use ^-inch pine boards, and run\\nthem lengthwise from the bow to the front end of the\\ncabin and along the sides of the cabin. Then floor the\\ncabin lengthwise from bow to stern. This gives you a dry\\ncabin floor, for there are 4 inches of space underneath for\\nbilge water, which unless your boat is badly made and very\\nleaky, is plenty of room for what little water may leak in\\nfrom above or below. The two side-boards of the cabin", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0199.jp2"}, "200": {"fulltext": "l6o Fair Weather Ideas.\\nfloor must, of course, have square places neatly cut out to\\nfit the uprights of the cabin. This may be done by slipping\\nthe floor-board up against the uprights and carefully mark-\\ning the places with a pencil where they will come through\\nthe board, and then at each mark sawing two inches in the\\nfloor plank, and cutting out the blocks with a chisel.\\nThe Hatch.\\nNow take a four-by-four and saw oft eight short sup-\\nports for the two i-inch planks which support the hatch,\\nFigs. ii6 and 117. Toe-nail the middle four-by-four to the\\nfloor in such a position that the two cross-planks (which are\\nmade to fit in the notches E and F, Fig. 114) will rest on\\nthe supports. Nail the four other supports to the side-\\nboards of your boat, and on top of these nail the cross-\\nplanks, as shown in the diagrams.\\nThe boat is now ready for its\\nUpper Deck\\nof i-inch pine boards. These are to be nailed on length-\\nwise, bow and stern and at sides of cabin, leaving, of course,\\nthe cabin open, as shown by the position o, the boys in Fig.\\n117, and an opening, 3 feet by 2, for the hatch (Fig. 116),\\nThe two floors will act as benches for the uprights of the\\ncabin, and hold them stiff and plumb.\\nTo further stiffen the frame, make two diagonals for the\\nstern-end, as shown in Fig. 118, and nail them in; place.\\nThe Rafters, t\\nor roof-rods, should extend a foot each way beyond the\\ncabin, hence cut them two feet longer than the cabin, and\\nafter testing your uprights, to \u00c2\u00a7ee that they are exactly", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0200.jp2"}, "201": {"fulltext": "The American Boys House- Boat. i6i\\nplumb, nail the two side roof-rods in place (see dotted lines\\nin Fig. 117). The cross-pieces at the ends, as they support\\nno great weight, may be fitted be-\\ntween the two side-rods, and nailed\\nthere.\\nThe roof is to be made of 5^-\\ninch boards bent into a curve, and\\nthe ridge-pole, or centre roof-rod,\\nmust needs have some support.\\nThis is obtained by two short pieces\\nof 2-by-4, each 6 inches long, which\\nare toe-nailed to the centre of each\\ncross-rod, and the ridge-pole nailed\\nto their tops. At 3 feet from the\\nupper deck the side frame-pieces\\nare toe-nailed to the uprights. As\\nmay be seen, there are three two-\\nby-fours on each side (Fig. 117).\\nThe space between the side\\nframe-pieces, the two middle up-\\nrights, and side roof-rods, is where the windows are to be\\nplaced.\\nUse i/^-inch (tongue and groove preferred) pine boards\\nfor sidings, and\\nI\\nFig. 120.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Inside View of Door.\\nBox in your Cabin\\nneatly, allowmg space for windows on each side, as indica-\\nted. Leave the front open. Of the same kind of boards\\nmake your roof the boards being light you can bend them\\ndown upon each side and nail them to the side roof-rods,\\nforming a pretty curve, as may be seen in the illustration\\nof the American boy s house-boat.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0201.jp2"}, "202": {"fulltext": "l62\\nFair Weather Ideas.\\nThis Roof,\\nto be finished neatly and made entirely water-proof, should\\nbe covered with tent -cloth or light canvas, smoothly\\nstretched over and tacked upon the under side of the pro-\\njecting edges. Three good coats of paint will make it\\nwater-proof and pleasant to look upon.\\nThe description, so far, has been for a\\nneatly finished craft, but I have seen very\\nserviceable and comfortable house-boats\\nbuilt of rough lumber, in which case the\\ncurved roof, when they had one, had nar-\\nrow strips nailed over the boards where\\nthey joined each other.\\nTo Contrive a Movable Front\\nto your cabin, make two doors to fit and\\nclose the front opening, but in place of\\nhanging the doors on hinges, set them in\\nplace. Each door should have a good\\nstrong strap nailed securely on the inside,\\nfor a handle, and a batten or cross-piece at\\ntop and bottom of inside surface. A two-\\nby-four, run parallel to the front top cross-\\nframe and nailed there, just a sufficient\\ndistance from it to allow the top of the\\ndoor to be inserted between, will hold the top of the\\ndoor securely. A two-by-four, with bolt-holes near either\\nend to correspond with bolt-holes in the floor, will hold\\nthe bottom when the door is pushed in place, the movable\\nbottom-piece shoved against it and the bolts thrust in\\n(see Fig. 120, view from inside of cabin. Fig. 121, side-\\nview). It will be far less work to break in the side of the\\nFig. 121.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Side-View\\nof Door.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0202.jp2"}, "203": {"fulltext": "The American Boys House-Boat 163\\ncabin than to burst in such doors, if they are well made.\\nThese doors possess this advantage they can be removed\\nand used as table-tops, leaving the whole front open to the\\nsummer breeze, or one may be removed, and still allow\\nplenty of ventilation. A moulding on deck around the\\ncabin is not necessary, but it will add finish and prevent\\nthe rain-water from leaking in.\\nTo lock up the boat you must set the doors from the\\ninside, and if you wish to leave the craft locked you must\\ncrawl out of the window and fasten the latter with a pad-\\nlock.\\nFig. 122 shows the construction of\\nThe Rudder,\\nand also an arrangement by which it may be worked from\\nthe front of the boat, which, when the boat is towed, will\\nbe found most convenient.\\nThe hatch should be made of i-inch boards, to fit snugly\\nflush with the deck, as in the illustration,- or made of 2-inch\\nplank, and a moulding fitted around the opening, as shown\\nin Fig. 117.\\nA Pair of Rowlocks,\\nmade of two round oak sticks with an iron rod in their\\nupper ends, may be placed in holes in the deck near the\\nbow, and the boat can be propelled by two oarsmen using\\nlong sweeps, which have holes at the proper places to\\nfit over the iron rods projecting from the oaken rowlocks.\\nThese rowlocks may be removed when not in use, and the\\nholes closed by wooden plugs, while the sweeps can be\\nhung at the side of the cabin, under its eaves, or lashed\\nfast to the roof.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0203.jp2"}, "204": {"fulltext": "164 F(^i Weather Ideas.\\nTwo or more Ash Poles,\\nfor pushing or poling the boat over shallow water or other\\ndifficult places for navigation are handy, and should not be\\nleft out of the equipment. The window-sashes may be\\nhung on hinges and supplied with hooks and screw-e)^es\\nto fasten them open by hooking them to the eaves when\\nit is desired to let in the fresh air, as shown in the illustra-\\ntion of the finished boat.\\nTwo bunks can be fitted at the rear end of the cabin,\\none above the other, the bottom bunk being the lid to a\\nlocker (see Fig. 117).\\nThe Locker\\nis simply a box, the top of which is just below the deck-\\nline and extending the full width of the cabin. It has\\nhinges at the back, and may be opened for the storage of\\nluggage.\\nOver the lid blankets are folded, making a divan dur-\\ning the day and a bed at night.\\nThe top bunk is made like the frame of a cheap cot,\\nbut in place of being upholstered it has a strong piece of\\ncanvas stretched across it. This bunk is also hinged to the\\nback of the cabin, so that when not in use it can be swung\\nup against the roof and fastened there as the top berth in a\\nsleeping-car is fastened. Four 4-by-4 posts can be bolted\\nto the side-support at each corner of the bottom bunk;\\nthey will amply support the top bunk, as the legs do a\\ntable-top when the frame is allowed to rest upon their\\nupper ends. This makes accommodation for two boys,\\nand there is still room for upper and lower side bunks, the\\ncabin being but six feet wide. If you put bunks on both\\nsides you will be rather crowded, it is true, but by allow-", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0204.jp2"}, "205": {"fulltext": "The Ainerican Boys House- Boat. 165\\ning- a i-foot passage in the middle, you can have two side\\nbunks and plenty of head room. This will accommodate\\nfour boys, and that is a full crew for a boat of this size.\\nOn board a yacht I have often seen four full-grown men\\ncrowded into a smaller space in the cabin, while the sailor-\\nmen in the fo castle had not near that amount of breathing-\\nroom.\\nFig. 122.\\nFigs. 118, 119, and 120 show\\nA More Simple Set of Plans.\\nHere the cabin is built on top of the upper deck, and\\nthere are no bottom-ribs, the uprights being held in place\\nby blocks nailed to the bottom of the boat, and by the deck\\nof the boat. This is secure enough for well-protected\\nwaters, small lakes, and small streams. Upon the inland\\nstreams of New York State I have seen two-story house-\\nboats, the cabin, or house, being only a frame-work covered\\nwith canvas. One such craft I saw in central New York,\\ndrifting down-stream over a shallow riff, and as it bumped\\nalong over the stones it presented a strange sight. The\\nnight was intensely dark, and the boat brightly lighted.\\nThe lights shone through the canvas covering, and this big", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0205.jp2"}, "206": {"fulltext": "1 66 Fair Weather Ideas.\\nluminous house went bobbing over the shallow water, while\\nshouts of laughter and the plinky-plunk of a banjo told\\nin an unmistakable manner of the jolly time the crew were\\nhaving.\\nCanvas-Cabined House-Boat.\\nIf you take an ordinary open scow and erect a frame of\\nuprights and cross-pieces, and cover it with canvas, you will\\nhave just such a boat as the one seen in central New York.\\nThis boat may be propelled by oars, the rowers sitting under\\ncover, and the canvas being lifted at the sides to allow the\\nsweeps to work but of course it will not be as snug as the\\nwell-made American boy s house-boat, neither can it stand\\nthe same amount of rough usage, wind, and rain as the latter\\nboat.\\nIn the illustration the reader will notice a stove-pipe at\\nthe stern there is room for a small stove back of the cabin,\\nand in fair weather it is much better to cook outside than\\ninside the cabin. When you tie up to the shore for any\\nlength of time, a rude shelter of boughs and bark will make\\na good kitchen on the land, in Avhich the stove may be\\nplaced, and you will enjoy all the fun of a camp, with the\\nadvantage of a snug house to sleep in.\\nFor the benefit of boys who doubt their ability to build\\na boat of this description, it may be well to state that other\\nlads have used these directions and plans with successful\\nresults, and their boats now gracefully float on many waters,\\na source of satisfaction and pride to their owners.\\nInformation for Old Boys.\\nOn all the Western rivers small fiat-boats or scows are\\nto be had at prices which vary in accordance with the mer-\\ncantile instincts of the purchaser, and with the desire of the\\nseller to dispose of his craft. Such boats are propelled by", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0206.jp2"}, "207": {"fulltext": "The American Boys House-Boat 167\\nsweeps, a name used to designate the long poles with\\nboards on their outer edges that serve as blades and form\\nthe oars. These boats are often supplied with a deck-house,\\nextending almost from end to end, and if such a house is\\nlacking one may be built with little expense. The cabin\\nmay be divided into rooms and the sleeping apartments sup-\\nplied with cheaply made bunks. It is not the material of\\nthe bunk which makes it comfortable it is the mattress in\\nthe bunk upon which your comfort will depend. The\\nkitchen and dining-room may be all in one. An. awning\\nspread over the roof will make a delightful place in which\\nto lounge and catch the river breezes.\\nThe Cost of House-Boats.\\nThe cost of a ready-made flat-bottomed house-boat is\\nanywhere from thirty dollars to one or more thousands. In\\nFlorida such a boat, 40 by 20 feet, built for the quiet waters\\nof the St. John s River or its tributaries, or the placid\\nlagoons, will cost eight hundred dollars. This boat is well\\npainted outside and rubbed down to a fine oil finish inside\\nit has one deck, and the hull is used for toilet apartments\\nand state-rooms the hull is well calked and all is in good\\ntrim. Such expense is, however, altogether unnecessary\\nthere need be no paint or polish. All you need is a well-\\ncalked hull and a water-tight roof of boards or canvas\\noverhead cots or bunks to sleep in chairs, stools, boxes or\\nbenches to sit on hammocks to loll in, and a good supply\\nof provisions in the larder.\\nHouse-boats for the open waters are necessarily more\\nexpensive. As a rule they need round bottoms that stand\\nwell out of the water, and are built like the hull of a ship.\\nThese boats cost as much to build as a small yacht. From\\ntwelve to fifteen hundred dollars will build a good house-", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0207.jp2"}, "208": {"fulltext": "1 68 Fair Weather Ideas.\\nboat, with comfortable sleeping-berths, toilet-rooms, and\\nstore-rooms below; a kitchen, dining-room and living-room\\non the cabin deck, with wide, breezy passageways separat-\\ning them.\\nIf a bargain can be found in an old schooner with a good\\nhull, for two or three hundred dollars, a first-class house-\\nboat can be made by the expenditure of as much more for a\\ncabin. The roofs of all house-boats should extend a foot\\nor more beyond the sides of the cabin.\\nFor People of Limited Means.\\nFor people with little money to spend, these expensive\\nboats are as much out of reach as a yacht, but they may\\noften be rented for prices within the means of people in\\nmoderate circumstances. At New York I have known a\\ngood schooner-yacht, 84 feet over all, to be chartered for\\ntwo weeks, with crew of skipper and two men, the larder\\nplentifully supplied with provisions and luxuries for six\\npeople and the crew, making nine in all, at a cost of thirty-\\nsix dollars apiece for each of the six passengers. An\\nequally good house-boat should not cost over twelve dollars\\na week per passenger for a party of ten. In inland waters,\\nif a boat could be rented, the cost should not exceed seven\\nor eight dollars a week per passenger.\\nA canal-boat is a most excellent house-boat for a pleasure\\nparty, either on inland streams or along our coast.\\nStreet-Car Cabins.\\nSince the introduction of cable and trolley cars the\\nstreet-car companies have been selling their old horse-cars,\\nin some instances at figures below the cost of the window-", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0208.jp2"}, "209": {"fulltext": "The American Boy s House-Boat, 169\\nglass in them so cheap, in fact, that poor people buy them\\nto use as woodsheds and chicken-coops.\\nOne of these cars will make an ideal cabin for a house-\\nboat, and can be adapted for that purpose with little or no\\nalterations. AH it needs is a good flat-boat to rest in, and\\nyou have a palatial house-boat.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0209.jp2"}, "210": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XIV.\\nA BACK-YARD SWITCHBACK.\\nThe back-yard affords an opportunity to build a summer\\ntoboggan slide, or its equivalent, commonly known as a\\nSwitchback,\\nthe difference being that, in place of toboggans, cars are\\nused, and in place of ice and snow you coast down a rail-\\nroad track.\\nThe Wheels\\nof the back-yard switchback car must be made of thick,\\nsound wood, and if there is a wood-working factory in your\\nneighborhood it will save you time and trouble to go there\\nand have the wheels sawed out with the machinery which\\nthey have built for that kind of work. But if you must do\\nit yourself, then select a piece of two-inch plank, and after\\ndriving a tack in the centre, fasten a string to the tack and\\nattach a soft pencil to the opposite end of the string. With\\nthis describe a circle about nine inches in diameter, or\\nmeasuring about four and a half inches from the tack to the\\npencil.\\nWith a hand-saw roughly cut out the vv^heel, using great\\ncare to only touch the circle with the saw, but in no case to\\ncut through the circumference. You will now have an ir-\\nregular wheel, with a number of fiat surfaces for its edge\\n(Fig. 123 A).\\n170", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0210.jp2"}, "211": {"fulltext": "A Back-yard Switchback.\\n171\\nIn this way you may continue to saw off the triangular\\ncorners until you reduce the wheel to a condition where it\\nonly needs the application of a sharp knife to round the\\nedge until it corresponds with the pencil circle.\\no^\u00c2\u00ab w ^f^^\\n5^\\n^^nf^-LS\\nFigs. 123-126.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Wheel.\\nVVHE.EI\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nWhat is called\\nThe Flange\\nof the wheel is practically another wheel, made of thinner\\nmaterial (Fig. 124), which is securely nailed to the first\\nwheel (Figs. 125 and 126), with the grain of the wood of\\nthe flange crossing the grain of the wood of the wheel\\nproper at right angles. The fiange is made of one-inch", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0211.jp2"}, "212": {"fulltext": "172\\nFair Weather Ideas.\\nboard, and to prevent its splitting is reenforced by a strip\\nof wood fastened on across the grain, with screws, as shown\\nin Fig. 124.\\nWhen the four wheels are finished, and a hole large\\nenough for a good strong axle is bored in the exact centre\\nof each, you will be ready to begin work upon the car.\\nSet the Car-Bed Low.\\nThe smallest boy will understand that the lower the bed\\nof the car is put the less the danger of an upset, so instead\\nof putting the axle, under\\nFi^ 2.7 _^ the car, run them through\\nthe bed, as shown by Fig.\\n128.\\nBuild the Axles\\nFidLi2-8\\nFigs. 127 and 128.\\nof four-by-four timber, and\\nby the aid of a drawing-\\nknife or a good, strong,\\nsharp jack-knife, trim off\\nthe ends of the timber to\\nthe form shown in the diagram.\\nWhen the ends are small enough to allow the wheels\\nto revolve freely, saw out places in the side-boards of the\\ncar (Figs. 127 and 128), into which the square part of the\\naxle will snugly fit.\\nThe Bottom of the Car\\nmay be made of half-inch boards, which can be joined and\\nnailed on to the car, with their irregular ends protruding,\\nafter which, with a hand-saw, cut off the ends even with the\\nside-boards, as in Fig. 129.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0212.jp2"}, "213": {"fulltext": "A Back-yard Switchback. 173\\nThen nail in place the head and tail-boards, and in the\\nsame manner saw off their protruding ends, even with the\\nside-boards (Fig-. 129). To finish your car it is only neces-\\nsary to slip the wheels upon the axles. The wheels may\\nbe held in place by pegs of hard-wood driven through\\nholes in the hub, made for that purpose, as shown in Fig.\\n130. You will then have a car, but no track to run it upon.\\nHowever, if you build the toboggan slide which is de-\\nscribed in the next chapter, j^ou may lay rails, made of two-\\nFig. 129, Fig. 130.\\nby-four timber, down your toboggan slide and thus trans-\\nform it into a back-yard switchback.\\nBut if you have no toboggan slide you will have to build\\na tramway for your car against the back fence, wood-shed,\\nor any other suitable place.\\nIn the diagram (Fig. 135) here given, the slide is shown\\nas it would be if built against the back fence, extending\\nforward through the middle of the yard. But you must\\nhave a\\nStarting Platform.\\nYou will need four pieces of timber, seven feet long and\\ntwo inches thick by four inches wide, for the uprights or\\ncorner-posts (A and B, Fig. 131), unless the posts and rails\\nof the back fence are on your side of the yard, as in Fig. 132.\\nIn this case you need only two seven-foot sticks and two\\nshort ones, to fit on the top rail of the fence. The tops of", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0213.jp2"}, "214": {"fulltext": "174\\nFair Weather Ideas.\\nthese short posts should be just seven feet from the ground.\\nNail them securely in place, about five feet apart, as in Fig.\\n132, and then see that the fence-boards, to which the posts\\nI\\nOFTHETENre\\nfaces your\\nYard\\nMA(L TWO\\nUFRJGHTS(A b)\\nAGAINST THE FENCE\\nare nailed, are secure. If they are not secure, climb over\\nthe fence and put in a few good wire nails, for if the fence\\nis not strong )^our structure will be weak. Additional\\nstrength may be gained by making each of the uprights of", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0214.jp2"}, "215": {"fulltext": "P^tstr^;- f^:f^^ thus \u00e2\u0080\u009e,akin.. the\\nFig. 132.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0215.jp2"}, "216": {"fulltext": "176\\nFair JVeather Ideas.\\nto the structure. If you have any doubts about the ability\\nof the fence to support the platform, erect two seven-foot\\nposts, as in Fig. 131, and spike them to the top and bottom\\nrail of the fence. Next take two pieces of two-by-four and\\nnotch them, as E and F are notched in Fig. 133. Nail F to\\nFig. 133.\\nthe top of A and B, and E to the ends of C and D, the two\\nseven-foot posts of two-by-four. Near the other ends of\\nthese last posts nail a cross-piece (G, Fig. 133), and then, to\\nstiffen the frame, turn it over and nail on two diagonal pieces\\nof lighter material.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0216.jp2"}, "217": {"fulltext": "A Back-yard Switchback.\\n177\\nErect this frame about five or six feet from the fence and\\nsecure it in place by the two diagonals, H and H (Fig. 133),\\nFig. 134.\\nwhich are nailed near the top of C and D, and toe-nailed\\nto the bottom rail of the fence.\\n12", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0217.jp2"}, "218": {"fulltext": "178\\nFair Weather Ideas.\\nFrom the bottom rail of the fence, and level with it, run\\nthe two J pieces of board to Cand D,and nail them secure-\\nly, as in Fig. 134; then nail on the two top side-pieces, K\\nand K, and the framework of the starting- platform is ready\\nfor its fioor. Nail boards across the top, from E to F, and\\nsaw off the protruding ends, as in Fig. 134.\\nFigs. 135, 136, and 137.\\nThe Track\\nmust be a straight-away, which means no curves to round,\\nhence you must build it in the position which will give\\nthe longest run for your trouble.\\nA Curved Track\\nmeans more difficult Avork on the tramway and cars, for the\\ncar must have a movable axle in order to be able to round\\nthe curve. But with a straight track the play of the wheel\\nupon the hub should allow enough freedom of motion to\\novercome the little inaccuracy which may occur in the rails.\\nExperiment will teach you just what is needed. I cannot", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0218.jp2"}, "219": {"fulltext": "A Back-yard Switchback. 179\\ngive exact rules, because the material and location will\\ndiffer with each builder, and I have found that when I\\ngive positive rules, the rules are followed, even when the\\nmaterial and location are entirely unsuited to the directions\\ngiven. For this reason it is best for each boy to experi-\\nment for himself.\\nErect the Uprights\\nfirst, and brace them with the diagonal boards, as shown in\\nthe diagram (Fig. 135). When you are certain the structure\\nis firm and can stand the strain and weight of a loaded car,\\nlay the two-by-four rails upon the ground, and fit them to\\nthe car-wheels by pushing the car over them, to see that\\nthey are just the right distance apart. If you make your\\ntrack too wide the car-wheels will slip off the rails and run\\nbetween them, and if you lay your track with too narrow\\na gauge the rails will pinch the flanges of the wheels so\\ntightly that the car will stop, or the rails spread.\\nWhen one section of the track is laid and it is found\\nthat the car runs freely upon it, nail cross-ties of ordinary\\nboards across from rail to rail, like a ladder. Then take\\nthe ladder, and turning it over so that the rails are on top\\n(Fig. 136), adjust it to the tramway (Fig. 135), and fasten it\\nsecurely, by nailing the cross-ties to the side-boards of the\\ntramway.\\nIn Fig. 135\\nThe Cross-ties, or Sleepers,\\nare put in position, to show how they will look when the\\ntrack is laid, but in reality the cross-ties must be nailed to\\nthe rails while the latter are upon the level ground, as I\\nhave already stated.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0219.jp2"}, "220": {"fulltext": "i8o Fair IVeather Ideas.\\nWhen each section of track is fastened in place, from\\nthe top of the tramway to the ground, and as much farther\\nas your space or lumber will admit, load your car with\\nstones, or some equally heavy freight, and start it down the\\nswitchback.\\nIf the car reaches its journey s end with no mishap, you\\ncan with safety get in the car for the next trip and coast\\ndown yourself and a jolly good coast it will be.\\nThe plans (Figs. 135 and 136) may be altered so that the\\ncar will run down one hill and mount another not quite so\\nhigh, and many other improvements will suggest themselves\\nto the young civil engineers who build this switchback,\\nbut the first track you erect should be as simple as is con-\\nsistent with strength and safety, and the improvements left\\nto some future time.\\nTicket-Chopper s Box.\\nYou may then take a square box, with a lock and key\\nattached, and bore a hole in one end large enough to admit a\\ngood-sized marble use this as the railroad and ferry -men\\nuse a ticket-chopper s box, let every boy who wants a ride\\ndrop a marble in the box.\\nSome thirty years ago a certain boy built a switchback\\nin his back-yard, very much like the one here described,\\nand great fun he had with it; but as he was not rich, and the\\nlumber cost him something, he issued a number of tickets at\\none cent each, every ticket entitling the holder to three\\nrides on the switchback. In this way he was soon repaid\\nall the expense he had been under during the erection of his\\nwonderful railroad.\\nThis is what that boy told the writer, and as the former\\nyoung engineer is now no longer a lad, but a grave D.D.,", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0220.jp2"}, "221": {"fulltext": "Under Full Headway.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0221.jp2"}, "222": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0222.jp2"}, "223": {"fulltext": "A Back-yard Switchback, l8i\\nwho wears solemn black clothes and preaches long sermons,\\nthe writer believes him.\\nBut whether you charge a cent, a marble, or nothing, for\\na ride, you and your friends are bound to have a rollicking\\ngood time on the back-yard switchback.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0223.jp2"}, "224": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XV.\\nHOW TO BUILD A TOBOGGAN-SLIDE IN THE\\nBACK-YARD.\\nToboggans and sleds are not always used on snow and\\nice, neither is coasting confined to winter weather.\\nAt most of the summer resorts you may coast down an\\nartificial hill, upon real toboggans, over a slide of hard-wood\\nrollers, and end with a whoop and a splash in the water of\\nthe bathing-pool.\\nSlipperies.\\nAll through the southwestern part of this country the\\nsummer drought causes the rivers to subside, leaving more\\nor less high mud or clay banks, which are utilized by the\\nyoungsters as mud-slides, and called by them slipperies.\\nThe boys use neither sled nor toboggan, but make a slide\\nby pouring water over the dry mud until they have a long,\\nslippery track, down which they coast, ending with a splash\\nin the river.\\nA War-Time Slippery.\\nA good many years ago a battalion of Union soldiers\\nwere camped on the river-bank, near where some Kentucky\\nboys were having fun on a long slippery, and one day, before\\nthe lads knew what had happened, two thousand naked\\nmen suddenly made their appearance, jostling each other,\\nfor a slide down the mud-track. It was a great sight to\\nl82", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0224.jp2"}, "225": {"fulltext": "A Back-yard Toboggan-Slide. 183", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0225.jp2"}, "226": {"fulltext": "184 Fair IVeather Ideas.\\nsee these men-children coasting down the mud-bank, and\\nthe show the soldiers made for them repaid the boys for\\ntheir labor in building the slide.\\nTropical Toboggan-Slide.\\nUnder the torrid zone, away out on the Islands of the\\nPacific Ocean, the natives coast down-hill, in the hot-\\ntest weather, on the dry grass, and where that does not\\nexist they build themselves toboggan-slides, with slabs of\\nsmooth lava. Hundreds of these tracks line the mountain-\\nsides near the native villages. The sled these daring\\ncoasters use is from seven to twenty feet long, and as nar-\\nrow in proportion as a shell-boat, there being only a few\\ninches of space between the very hard, polished wooden\\nrunners. It takes both skill and pluck to ride one of these\\ncranky tropical sleds, or toboggans, but the natives possess\\nboth of these qualities, and without a thought of failure\\npick up their primitive machine, take a short, swift run,\\nand throw the sled and themselves together, headlong down\\nthe lava-slide. There follows a wildly exciting and breath-\\nless ride down the incline, and a scoot over the level coun-\\ntry, until gradually the queer sled slows up and comes to a\\nstop and then there is a long climb back, for another daring\\ncoast to the quiet valley below.\\nIn the United States we have no smooth lava with which\\nto build slides on our native hills, and if we did have the\\nlava-slides only a few of our boys Avould have an oppor-\\ntunity to use them.\\nWhen the snow covers the ground it is not every boy\\nwho can find a convenient hill where he may enjoy the\\nhealthful fun of coasting. A great many boys live in a level\\ncountry, and hundreds and thousands of others have their\\nhomes in cities and towns, where heavy carts, policemen,", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0226.jp2"}, "227": {"fulltext": "A Back-yard Toboggan-Slide. 185\\nand trolley-cars, make coasting a forbidden pleasure. How-\\never, with a real toboggan-slide in the back-yard, a boy ma}^\\nsnap his fingers at a level countr} lumbering carts, death-\\ndealing cars, and meddlesome guardians of the peace.\\nIn a day s time three boys can build a slide; but, of\\ncourse, it cannot be built without some labor. If it could,\\nit would be of no value. The labor consists only in sawing\\na few pieces of timber and driving a few nails to hold the\\nframe together, and it is effort well-spent.\\nIf Your Back- Yard is Wide\\nenough you can run the toboggan-track alongside the back\\nfence, with the starting platform built in the fence-corner,\\nbacking against the side fence. In this way your shde will\\noccupy but little space.\\nBut if Your Yard is Long and Narrow,\\nbuild your platform against the back fence (as described in\\nChapter XIV.), and let the track run along one of the side\\nfences.\\nThe most difficult part of the work is now finished.\\nMake\\nA Frame,\\non the pattern of C, E, D, G (Figs. 133 and 134, Chapter\\nXIV.), and about half the height of the platform (see L,\\nM, N, Fig. 138).\\nErect this frame in front of the platform, and at such a\\ndistance from it as will allow your longest boards to span\\nthe intervening space, as in Fig. 138. Nail two diagonals\\none at each top end of the frame M, L, N, and fasten the\\nopposite ends of the diagonals to the bottoms of C and D.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0227.jp2"}, "228": {"fulltext": "1 86 Fair Weather Ideas,\\nLong- boards may be laid from the ground to the top of\\nM, N, L, and nailed securely to the frame, and other boards\\nlaid over the upper ends of the first, and the top of E, where\\nthey can be securely nailed, and the slide is ready for use.\\nThe Incline May be Lengthened\\nby using a carpenter s wooden horse for another frame, and\\nallowing the boards from the ground to rest on this, and\\nanother set of boards run from this to L, M, N, as in Fig.\\n138, or as described for the switchback, in the preceding\\nchapter.\\nWith plenty of snow on the ground it will not hurt a\\nstrong boy to fall from this track. But there may not be\\nmuch snow on the hard, frozen ground, or your little\\nbrothers and sisters may be fond of coasting. To prevent\\nany mishap, a guard-rail, such as is shown on one side of the\\nslide in Fig. 138, should be nailed on each side of the in-\\nclined plane, as shown in the diagram.\\nThe posts for the railing around the platform are toe-\\nnailed to the floor, and the rail is nailed on top of them.\\nIn case the rail seems weak, a diagonal or two, like those on\\nthe slide-frames, will make it sufficiently strong.\\nA Toboggan Room.\\nBy boarding up around the posts, under the platform, a\\nsmall room will be made, at a trifling additional cost and\\nlabor, which can be kept warm, and will afford a means of\\nshelter and a place to lock up the sleds.\\nAn excellent plan for\\nPacking the Slide, or Chute,\\nis to mix sawdust and snow together, in equal parts, using\\njust enough water to cause it to pack solidly, as a founda-", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0228.jp2"}, "229": {"fulltext": "A Back-yard Toboggan-Slide. 187\\ntion for the top crust of snow or ice. This foundation will\\nmake the top ice or snow last much longer, in thawing\\nweather, than it would if spread directly on the wooden bed\\nof the slide. If the snow in the chute is properly and\\nsmoothly banked up on this composition foundation, moist-\\nened and frozen hard, with the addition of half an inch of\\nfresh snow on top, the slide, in ordinary weather, will last\\nall winter.\\nIt is a Wise Plan\\nto be ready for any emergency. You may have visitors\\nwho come without sleds, and who would have but a chilly\\ntime watching the others coast down the wonderful tobog-\\ngan-slide. To prevent the chance of any such disagreeable\\noccurrences, knock an old barrel to pieces and build your-\\nself a supply of toboggans with the staves. Two barrel-\\nstaves, fastened together by a cross-bar in front and a piece\\nof board for a seat in the rear, will make a most excellent\\ntoboggan.\\nThe boy in the foreground of Fig. 138 is building tobog-\\ngans of barrel staves, and a glance at this cut will tell you\\nhow they are made.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0229.jp2"}, "230": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0230.jp2"}, "231": {"fulltext": "PART II\\nRAINY DAY IDEAS", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0231.jp2"}, "232": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0232.jp2"}, "233": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XVI.\\nA HOME-MADE CIRCUS.\\nTo the typical American boy every object he sees sug-\\ngests to him possibilities of amusement, and to him an up-\\nto-date bath-room is as full of such suggestions as a diction-\\nary is of words. The great white tub affords an excellent\\nsea for his gun-boats to do battle upon, or offers a straight-\\naway course over which his home-made yachts may sail,\\nwhile a fan fills their sails with everything from a light\\nbreeze to a ripping gale.\\nWhat boy has not discovered, for himself, that\\nThe Bath-tub is a Splendid Receiving-Tank\\nfor the occasional water-animals captured by him in creek\\nor pond, or at the fish-market?\\nThe laundry tubs are also useful and, not being in de-\\nmand as frequently as the bath-tub, are for this reason often\\nmore convenient.\\nIf the grown people would only let the bath-room alone,\\nthere is no end to the fun which an ingenious lad could\\nhave in that useful little room.\\nAs a Lake for His Fleet,\\nand as a receiving-tank for his water-pets are only two of\\nthe uses which the bath-tub suggests to a bright boy.\\nWhen he sees the faucet he realizes that this can afford him\\nigi", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0233.jp2"}, "234": {"fulltext": "192\\nRainy Day Ideas.\\npower for all sorts of machinery, if he can arrange a water-\\nwheel under it to transmit the power.\\nEvery country boy knows how to make water-wheels,\\nand every summer the springs and brooks all over the\\nland turn these little wheels in exactly the same manner\\nwhich the larger streams turn the big wheels for the fac-\\ntories and mills on their banks.\\nBut there are thousands of boys in our great cities who\\nhave never seen\\nA Water-wheel,\\nand for the use of these boys the accompanying illustrations\\nwere drawn.\\nFigs. 139-141.\\nFig. 139 shows a four-sided soft-pine stick, with square\\nends, and if you have a good sharp knife it requires but\\nlittle work to trim off the four edges of this stick until it\\nhas the form of a six-sided lead-pencil (Fig. 140), after which\\nbut little skill is required to whittle the ends down to the\\nsize of the hole in a thread-spool (Fig. 141).\\nThe Shaft.\\nYou will see, on examining the illustration, that the\\nmiddle is left with the six sides untouched.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0234.jp2"}, "235": {"fulltext": "A Home-made Circus.\\n193\\nAn Old Cigar-Box\\nwill not only furnish you with excellent wood for the pad-\\ndles of your wheels (Fig. 142), but, if carefully taken apart,\\nit will also furnish you with just the right sort of nails with\\nwhich to fasten your paddles to the shaft.\\nFig. 142.\\nMake Six Paddles,\\nall of the same size and same pattern, and nail one to one of\\nthe six sides of the shaft (Fig. 142).\\nTurn the shaft around to the next face or side, and nail\\nFig. 143.\\nanother paddle in place continue this work until you have\\nthe paddle-wheel shown in Fig. 143.\\nOn to one or both ends of the shaft you may now slip\\nwooden spools, pushing them up the stick until they fit\\ntightly, and leave a projecting end of the shaft sticking\\nout of the end of the spool.\\n13", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0235.jp2"}, "236": {"fulltext": "194\\nRainy Day Ideas.\\nHanging-Bars.\\nNext take a lath or stick of some kind, which is of such\\nlength that it will rest securely when laid across from side\\nto side of the bath-tub. To this stick tack two others, as\\nshown in Fig. 144.\\nThese hanging-bars must be long enough to allow\\nthe water-wheel to be suspended just below the faucet of\\nthe bath-tub. Strengthen your hanging-bars (Fig. 144) by\\ntwo diagonal pieces.\\nFig. 145 shows how to cut a notch near the lower end of\\nFigs. 144 and 145.\\none hanging-bar, and a hole is bored near the end of the\\nopposite hanging-bar.\\nTo adjust the wheel, place the top bar across the bath-\\ntub and then slip the shaft in the hole in the hanging-bar,", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0236.jp2"}, "237": {"fulltext": "A Home-made Circus. 195\\nFig. 148.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0237.jp2"}, "238": {"fulltext": "196\\nRainy Day Ideas,\\nsliding the other end of the shaft into the slot shown in\\nFig. 145.\\nIf the water is now allowed to run slowly from the\\nfaucet and fall upon the inside paddles it will set the\\nThe Circus Performers.\\nwheel in motion, and this motion can be transmitted to any\\nsmall and simple piece of machinery by means of a belt\\nrunning from the spool which is attached to the wheel to\\na similar spool, attached to the machine.\\nIf you Make a Frame,\\nsimilar to that which holds the water-wheel, (Fig. 144) and\\nmake it with much shorter hanging-bars, it will not be\\nnecessary to support them with the diagonal pieces. This\\nsecond frame can be reversed over the first frame, so that\\nthe hanging-bars will set upright upon the cross-bar, and\\nwhen in that position a small horizontal bar may be made\\nto revolve by connecting a spool placed upon this bar with\\nthe spool upon the wheel-shaft, by means of a string loop.\\nIf this string is not too loose, nor yet too tight, it will turn", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0238.jp2"}, "239": {"fulltext": "A Home-made Circus.\\n197\\nthe top spool as soon as the water sets the wheel and the\\nbottom spool in motion. The illustration on page 196 shows\\nhow a number of funny animals and men can be made to\\ndo circus tricks on the bar, to the great delight of the\\nspectators.\\nFig. 150.\\nFig. 152.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0239.jp2"}, "240": {"fulltext": "198 Rainy Day Ideas,\\nFigures Which Move.\\nTo make these figures so that they will move with com-\\nical, but natural, movements, place a piece of transparent\\npaper over the diagrams and trace the outlines, then blacken\\nanother piece of paper, upon one side, with a soft pencil\\nnext place a piece of clean card-board under these figures,\\nover the card-board spread the paper, with the blackened\\nside next to the card-board, and over this put the tracing\\npaper, and then, holding it so that it will not slip, follow the\\nlines of the clown, ape, and donkey, with the point of a\\nhard pencil. When the card-board is removed the bodies\\nof the clown, ape, and donkey will appear traced upon the\\nwhite surface.*\\nIn the same manner make tracings of the legs and arms\\nof the puppets, and Avith your scissors cut these figures out.\\nUsing the legs and arms cut from the card-bo-ard as patterns,\\ntrace around each of them upon another piece of card-board\\nwith a pencil, and cut these duplicates out. You will now\\nhave two each of Figs. 147, 148, 151, 152, 155 and 156.\\nWith the point of your hard pencil, or a darning-needle,\\npunch holes in all these parts, at the points marked by black\\ndots.\\nNext take a small piece of string and make\\nA Neat, Round Knot\\nin one end of it, and thread the other end through the\\nclown s arm, at the dot in his shoulder; then thread the\\nstring through the dot in the clown s body, near his collar\\n(Fig. 146). Now thread through the hole in the shoulder\\nof the duplicate arm. When this much is done, place the\\nAnother plan is described in Chapter XXIV.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0240.jp2"}, "241": {"fulltext": "A Hoine-made Circus. 199\\nFig. 157.\\nFigs. 154-157.", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0241.jp2"}, "242": {"fulltext": "200 Rainy Day Ideas.\\nclown upon a table, with the knot underneath, and drawing\\nthe string up, while holding the clown s body down with\\nyour other hand, bring the knot snugly against the lower\\narm and tie another knot tightly against the upper arm.\\nThis last knot can be made by making a large loop, and then\\nholding the string in place with one finger until the knot is\\nslid down against the pasteboard arm and drawn tightly in\\nplace a second and third knot, tied over this, will make it\\nlarge enough for the purpose, and the arms will be found to\\nmove freely, up or down (See Fig. 289, Chapter XXIV.).\\nAttach the legs in the same manner; if you will now thrust\\na small stick through both the clown s fists you can make him\\ntake all the positions of a trained circus-man, by twirling\\nthe horizontal stick between your fingers.\\nWhen the water-wheel sets the bar twirling, the donkey,\\nape, and clown go through their stunts, in a most laugh-\\nable manner.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0242.jp2"}, "243": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XVII.\\nGOOD GAMES WITH TOOTHPICKS AND\\nMATCHES.\\nThe genuine American lad needs no costly toys with\\nwhich to amuse himself, for he has inherited from a long\\nFig. 158. Rainy Day Fun.\\nline of pioneer ancestors a sturdy self-reliance. When the\\ninclemency of the weather, or some slight illness, confines\\n201", "height": "3515", "width": "2554", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0243.jp2"}, "244": {"fulltext": "202\\nRainy Day Ideas,\\nhim to his home, he can pass away the time with toys of\\nhis own construction.\\nFig. 159.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Toothpick Puzzle.\\nA Toy is a Plaything,\\nand a plaything is any old\\nthing which chance throws\\nin our way, with which to\\nplay.\\nWooden Toothpicks\\noffer many opportunities\\nfor amusement. I have\\nseen grown men, in the\\nreading-rooms of our great\\nhotels, amuse themselves\\nand companions for hours\\nwith only a handful of\\nwooden toothpicks.\\nSuppose that mumps\\nhave invaded the house-\\nhold,\\nand\\nthe younger members of the family\\nare, consequently, confined indoors,\\nwith their youthful jaws tied up in\\nbandages. If they have no inge-\\nnuity they will be fretful and annoy-\\ning to their parents and themselves,\\nbut if they have inherited true\\nYankee grit and invention they will\\nspend their enforced imprisonment\\nin a very jolly manner.\\nFig. 160.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Solution.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0244.jp2"}, "245": {"fulltext": "Games with Toothpicks and Matches, 203\\nHere is\\nA Simple Toothpick Example,\\nFig. 159. Let us see you take away\\nfive toothpicks and leave three per-\\nfect squares.\\nIt is a simple problem, and one\\nglance at Fig. 160 shows how it is\\ndone, but you must remember that\\nthe other fellows or girls to whom\\nyou put the question are not supposed\\nto know the solution, and unless the\\npuzzle-workers are very bright it will\\ntake some thinking to work out the\\nproblem at least it will take enough\\nthought to be a source of amusement\\nto all concerned.\\nWhen the toothpicks are removed\\nand the problem solved, ask them to\\nLift Three Safety-Matches with\\nOne Toothpick.\\nBe sure to use safety-matches, if\\nthey are to be had if not, use burnt\\nmatches, for there is no fun playing\\nwith toys which are liable\\nto ignite and cause much\\nmore serious results than a\\ncase of mumps.\\nAfter all the party have\\ntried in vain to lift the three\\nmatches with the aid of one\\ntoothpick, you may show\\nthem how the trick is done.\\nFig. 164.", "height": "3548", "width": "2546", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0245.jp2"}, "246": {"fulltext": "204 Rainy Day Ideas.\\nExplanation.\\nFig. i6i shows the first match, which has been split at the\\ntail-end with the blade of a pocket-knife; Fig. 162 shows\\nanother match, which has had the tail-end whittled to a\\nwedge-shaped edge, and Fig. 163 shows the two matches\\njoined by forcing the wedge end of one match into the split\\nend of the other. Fig. 164 shows the third match, placed\\nacross the ends of the other two matches.\\nIf you will now pass the toothpick under the first two\\nmatches and over the last, as illustrated by the diagram,\\nFig. 164, it is a simple task to lift the three matches and\\nshow your playmates how a seemingly impossible propo-\\nsition becomes a thing of great simplicity when it is solved\\n(Fig, 165.)\\nA Spring-Bed.\\nNow take a toothpick. Fig. 166, and place another one\\nacross it, as in Fig. 167 cross these two toothpicks, in their\\nFig. 166.\\nFig. 167.\\ncentre, with a third, as in Fig. 168 then run a fourth under\\nthe ends of the two side toothpicks and over the end of the\\nmiddle one, as in Fig. 169.\\nWhen the fifth toothpick is run under the other ends of", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0246.jp2"}, "247": {"fulltext": "Games with Toothpicks and Matches. 205\\nthe two crossed picks and over the free end of the centre\\ntoothpick, you will have Fig. 170.\\nWhat is Fig. 170? Well, it is almost anything you wish\\nFig. 168. Fig. 169.\\nit is a gate, a section of a fence, or a spring-bed. Fig. 171\\nshows the spring-bed, and to prove that it is a real spring-\\nbed, if you will set it on the hearth, where there can be no\\ndanger from fire, you may light one leg of the bed with a\\nFig. 170.\\nFig. 171.\\nmatch, then stand back and watch the flame eat its way to\\nthe first joint. When this joint is reached the spring is\\nfreed, and the bed flies to pieces, which proves that it is\\nreally a spring-bed.", "height": "3548", "width": "2546", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0247.jp2"}, "248": {"fulltext": "2o6 Rainy Day Ideas,\\nArtificial Water.\\nIf you wish something to represent water, take a small\\nlooking-glass and place it flat on the floor or a table. Upon\\nthe surface of your glass lake you can place paper boats, and\\nbuild shores by heaping books around the edge. Spanning\\nthe water you may have a beautiful bridge of toothpicks or\\nsafety-matches.\\nA Bridge of Matches.\\nThis bridge requires patience and deft fingers to build,\\nbut both patience and skill are necessary in golf, football,\\nFig. 172. Fig. 173.\\nboating, the school, the counting-house, and in art or music,\\nso you must not be discouraged if your frail match bridge\\nfalls to pieces just when you think the thing is about fin-\\nished. Remember that an occasional failure is more than\\nhalf the fun start over again by placing two matches on the\\ntable and placing a third match across them, as in Fig. 172;\\nthen another match under them, as in Fig. 173. Some\\nmatches are made of such brittle stuff as to be unsuited for\\nthis, and others are too short and thick to bend, but good\\nslender matches can be used, and wooden toothpicks are\\neven better.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0248.jp2"}, "249": {"fulltext": "Games with Toothpicks and Matches. 207\\nFig. 174 shows the next step is to thrust two matches\\nunder the under match and over the match which is on top\\nand across the first two\\nthe spring in the matches\\nwill hold this frame to-\\ngether. More and more\\nmatches may be added, in\\nthe same manner as the first\\n(Fig. 175), until the arch\\nis of the required length\\nthat is, until it is long\\nenough to reach from shore to shore of the looking-glass\\nlake.\\nIf you will now build\\nTwo Piers,\\nor abutments, of matches, by placing a couple of sticks on\\neach side of the water for the foundations the two sticks to\\nbe parallel with each other and two more across the ends\\nof these, log-cabin fashion, until the piers are about two\\ninches high, facing each other from opposite sides of the\\nlooking-glass, you may set your arch across, from pier to\\npier.\\nTwo Approaches to the Bridge\\nmust now be built, in the same manner as the arch, so that\\nthe arch can be reached from the shore (Fig. 176), and you\\nwill then have a pretty little structure, spanning a calm and\\ndainty sheet of water.\\nIf you are still not satisfied with the results of your\\nskill, you may\\nAdd a Roof\\nto each of your bridge piers, by erecting sides made on the\\npattern of Fig. 170, and either capping them with a paper", "height": "3548", "width": "2546", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0249.jp2"}, "250": {"fulltext": "2o8 Rainy Day Ideas.\\nroof or log-cabin built pyramids, composed of pieces of\\nmatches of different lengths, growing smaller toward the\\ntop.\\nA Paper Flag,\\nupon the end of a broom-straw, will add dignity and effect\\nto your bridge erect it by thrusting the lower end of the\\nflag-staff through the roof and pier.\\nTiring of bridges and puzzles, you can lay out\\nA Pioneer Settlement,\\nand with toothpicks and matches build log-cabins, such as\\nthose in which our ancestors lived when this land was cov-\\nered with vast forests of trees and populated with painted\\nIndians and wild beasts. Roof 3^our houses with cards\\nbent in the shape of a roof, and build your chimneys at\\none end of the house.\\nThe Chimneys\\nin all log-cabins are built outside and against one end of the\\nhouse, and are usually made of sticks and mud, or stones\\nand mud but as the rooms in an ordinary dwelling or flat\\nfurnish neither stones nor clay, you must do as our ancestors\\ndid use the material at hand which, in your case, will\\nprobably be spools from your mother s work-basket. Set\\nthe spools, one on top of another, against the end of your\\nmatch-stick house and your work is done.\\nNot only is your work done, but, if you have followed all\\nthese directions, probably the day is also done, and you are\\nready for bed and to dream of living in safety-match houses\\nnear the shores of a looking-glass lake and as you listen you\\nwill hear the glass waves breaking on the shore, and the\\nhowl of the toothpick timber-wolves as they steal among", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0250.jp2"}, "251": {"fulltext": "Games with Toothpicks and Matches. 209\\nthe rocky crags, made of spelling-books, arithmetics and\\ndictionaries or you may be startled from your sleep by the\\ncrack of a match-gun and the answering boom of a spool-\\ncannon but these things will only make your sleep the\\nmore peaceful and refreshing.\\nFigs. 175 and 176.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Toothpick Bridge.\\n14", "height": "3548", "width": "2546", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0251.jp2"}, "252": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XVIII.\\nFUN WITH SCISSORS AND PASTEBOARD AND\\nPAPER.\\nIn winter there are always some blustering-, windy days,\\nwhen the raw winds from off the ocean howl through our\\nstreets, making the lives of pedestrians miserable; or days\\nwhen slush and sleet cause us to wish that we could stay in\\nthe house until winter was packed away in last year s\\nalmanac.\\nDuring such weather there is no fun to be had outdoors,\\nand we must look for our amusement inside the four walls\\nof our homes.\\nIt is not every city boy who has an old-fashioned attic\\nto romp in during bad weather, nor even a basement\\nwhere he can seek to amuse himself building sleds or\\nother outdoor appliances, for use when the weather will\\npermit.\\nMany lads are confined in the narrow rooms of flats, and\\nmust needs fret and worry when the bad weather imprisons\\nthem in their narrow home-quarters.\\nBut if such boys will stop quarrelling among themselves,\\nand cease for a moment teasing the cat, or in other ways\\nadding to the worries of their dear mamma, they may, by\\nfollowing the directions given here, find amusement and\\nfun not only for this particular bad day, but for all the\\nstormy weather of the winter.\\n210", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0252.jp2"}, "253": {"fulltext": "Scissors and Pasteboard.\\n211\\nHow to Make the Sleigh.\\nFold a card or a piece of card-board in the middle, and\\nwith a pair of shears cut a curved piece off one end, as in\\nFig. 177.\\nNow take a sharp penknife and cut along the black lines\\nF^ISO\\nFigs. 177-181.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Card Sleigh.\\nof Fig. 178. When you spread out the card you will have\\nFig. 179, and if you bend up all the flaps and bend down the\\nrunners, giving the latter a pinch where they meet in the\\ncentre, you will have as dainty a little sleigh as old Santa\\nClaus ever owned (Fig. 180).\\nThe seats to the sleigh are simply made, being two\\nstrips of card-board with the corners bent down (Fig. 181).", "height": "3548", "width": "2546", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0253.jp2"}, "254": {"fulltext": "212\\nRainy Day Ideas,\\nHow to Make the Horses.\\nThe horses are more difficult to make, especially for\\nboys who do not know how to draw a horse but if such\\nFig, i83,", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0254.jp2"}, "255": {"fulltext": "Scissors and Pasteboard.\\n213\\nyoungsters will read the preceding chapter it will tell them\\nhow to make a tracing, and they may make an exact repro-\\nduction of this horse by reversing the tracing and placing a\\nclean piece of card-board underneath it, and then, with a\\nlead-pencil, drawing over all the lines as they are in the\\nillustration. When the card-board is removed they will\\nfmd a faint outline of the horse upon the card-board.\\nTo Cut Out the Horse,\\ncommence at A (Fig. 182), and cut down to B then fold the\\ncard-board carefully along the line of the back of the horse,\\nBC.\\nBC will now be the top fold and ED will be down to\\nthe feet of the horse, while AB will stand up above the\\nback, because AB has not been folded.\\nThe rest is not hard work, for any child can follow the\\noutline with the scissors,\\nand the result will be a\\npaper horse with four legs,\\nupon which it can stand\\n(Fig. 183).\\nFigs. 184, 185, and 186\\ncan be traced in the same\\nmanner as the horse, and\\nafterward cut out, leaving a\\npointed piece of card-board\\nhanging down, which we\\nstick through slits cut in the seats (Fig. 181), and in this\\nmanner make the driver and the passengers sit firmly in the\\nsleigh.\\nThe Tongue, or Pole.\\nA small, smooth stick will answer for the pole to the\\nsleigh, and it may be fastened with a piece of thread to the\\nFig. 183.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Paper Horse.", "height": "3548", "width": "2546", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0255.jp2"}, "256": {"fulltext": "214 Rainy Day Ideas.\\nFig. 1S4.\\nFig. 187\\nFig. iS8", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0256.jp2"}, "257": {"fulltext": "Scissors and Pasteboard.\\n215\\ncentre of a wooden toothpick which has been previously\\nthrust throu^^h the front runners of the sleigh, as in Fig.\\n191. The harness and reins are\\nsimply strings tied to wooden\\nwhiflletreesand run through holes\\npunched in the horses at the\\nproper places.\\nA broom-straw, pushed through\\na hole in the driver s hand, will\\ndo service for a whip, and you\\nmay now have a grand spiked\\nteam of five horses, if you choose\\nto make that number, or a sim-\\nple two-horse or even one-horse\\nsleigh, as you may choose to make\\nit: the number of horses being limited only by the industry\\nof their creators.\\nThe Pasteboard Soldiers.\\nFor a bold soldier man, make the horse just as you made\\nthe sleigh horse, but a cavalryman needs a saddle, and if\\nyou cut out the protruding front of the saddle first and then\\nFig. 190.\\nFig. 191.\\nfold it as you did with the horse, you may make a saddle\\nsimilar to Fig. 188. The girth and stirrups are put on after\\nthe saddle is cut out, the girth being a band of ribbon run", "height": "3548", "width": "2546", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0257.jp2"}, "258": {"fulltext": "2l6\\nRainy Day Ideas.\\nthrough slits in the saddle and fastened around the paper\\nhorse.\\nThe Stirrups\\nare cut out of card-board, and fastened to the saddle with\\nshort strings. The saddle-cloth, Fig. 189, is a piece of\\npaper, folded as shown in the diagram.\\nTrace the soldier, Fig. 187,\\nin the manner already de-\\nscribed, then cut him out\\nand set him upon his saddled\\ncharger.\\nMake reins of string and\\nrun the string through a hole\\npunched in the horse s mouth\\nwhere the bit should be\\nand through a hole\\npunched in the sol-\\ndier s hand. Put the\\ncavalryman s feet in\\nthe paste-board stir-\\nrups and you have\\nFig. 190 a bold sol-\\ndier man, ready for\\na parade, or to fight with the English or against them. In\\n1\\n\\\\db\\nfact, so perfect a soldier and\\nSuch an Ideal Soldier\\nis this pasteboard man, that he will never question your\\norders, but fight on any side you choose to put him, and when\\nhe is worn out in the service he will utter no complaint if\\nhe is buried in the waste-paper basket, or even used for the\\npurpose of kindling the kitchen fire.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0258.jp2"}, "259": {"fulltext": "Scissors and Pasteboard,\\n217\\no\\nr\\npi5 196\\nMake an Army.\\nIf you are successful in making one soldier, with industry\\nyou may make a whole regiment of them, and then stand\\nthem in battle array and shoot F g 1 95\\nthem down with a pea-shooter.\\nYour conscience need not\\nbother you in the least, if you\\nslay a whole regiment, for the\\npoor fellows won t care a cent,\\nand they will leave no widows\\nand orphans behind to mourn\\nfor them. In fact, you can\\nbring them all to life again, the\\nnext time you want a battle, by\\nsimply setting them upright\\nupon their horses once more.\\nIt sometimes happens that\\nboys tire of soldiers and their\\nmurderous weapons, although\\nboth the soldier and his arms\\nbe but harmless paper.\\nAt such a time the reader\\ncan put away his paper war-\\nriors and proclaim to his play-\\nmates that he is a wizard, and\\ncan\\nWalk through the Centre of\\na Visiting Card.\\nHe may prove that this is no vain\\nboast by folding the card, Fig. 192,\\nacross its centre (Fig. 193), and with\\nscissors cutting slits where the lines are drawn on Fig. 193.\\nWhen the card is unfolded it will be found to resemble\\nti\\no\\nr\\nf.ft 198\\nF IQ?", "height": "3548", "width": "2546", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0259.jp2"}, "260": {"fulltext": "2l8\\nRainy Day Ideas.\\nFig. 194, and may be stretched carefully until it can be\\npassed over the head, down over the body to the feet then\\nas the self-proclaimed wizard steps out of the card he may\\ntruthfully say that he has\\nwalked through a visiting\\ncard.\\nAfter this he may enter-\\ntain his playmates by mak-\\ning a\\nGrandmother s Reticule\\nof a square piece of paper\\n(Fig. 195), which he folds at\\nthe dotted centre line (Fig.\\n196), and folds again across its\\ncentre (Fig. 197). The next\\nfold is a diagonal one, from\\ncorner to corner (Fig 198).\\nWith the scissors he cuts\\nFig. 198, as shown by the\\nruled lines on Fig. 199.\\nCarefully unfolding the\\npaper he puts a marble or\\nsome other weight in the centre, which stretches the paper\\nto the form of a paper reticule, Fig. 200.\\nSpeaking of grandmothers reminds us of old times, when\\nabove the open grate fireplace the mantel and panelling\\nwas painted a sombre black.\\nThe boys then used to amuse themselves by folding\\npieces of paper in the form of Fig. 198, and then cutting\\nAny Old Thing\\nout with the scissors\u00e2\u0080\u0094 the result being that when the\\nFig. 200.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0260.jp2"}, "261": {"fulltext": "Scissors and Pasteboard.\\n219\\npaper was unfolded the\\nmeaningless thing re-\\nsolved itself into a beau-\\ntiful geometrical pattern,\\nwhich showed to great\\nadvantage when stuck\\nupon the black wood-\\nwork of the mantel.\\nBenjamin Franklin,\\nBenjamin Harrison, and\\nThomas Lynch, Jr., were\\nappointed a committee\\nby the Continental Con-\\ngress to design a national\\nflag for the baby United\\nStates, and you all know\\nthat in the little old\\nhouse, 239 Arch Street,\\nPhiladelphia, Betsey\\nRoss made the\\nFirst American Flag.\\nYou have also prob-\\nably read the legend so\\nfrequently published,\\nwhich tells us that the\\nstars in the original de-\\nsign were six-pointed,\\nand were only changed\\nbecause some one\\nshowed how\\nZOI\\n209\\nFigs. 201-210.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Two Ways to Cut a Five-\\npointed Star.", "height": "3548", "width": "2546", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0261.jp2"}, "262": {"fulltext": "220\\nRainy Day Ideas.\\nz\u00c2\u00bb?-\\nTo Cut a Five-pointed Star with One Clip of the Scissors,\\nby folding Fig. 201 in the form of Fig. 202, and folding the\\nlatter in the form of Fig. 204, again folding in the shape of\\nFig. 205, and then making a cross-cut at the dotted line.\\nWhen the paper was unfolded it appeared in the form of\\nFig. 210, a five-pointed star.\\nAnother Way to Cut a Five-pointed Star,\\nis to fold a circular disk of paper (Fig. 206) across its diam-\\neter (Fig. 207), and fold this in the form of a fan (Fig. 209),\\nwhich when pressed down\\nfiat will be Fig. 208. One\\ncut, where the dotted line is\\n.^1^ shown on Fig. 208, will pro-\\nduce the five-pointed star\\n(Fig. 210). If, as according\\nto the legend, it was because\\nof the simplicity of this\\none clip of the scissors that\\nthe five -pointed star was\\nadopted, the old legend\\nneeds revision, for\\nA Six-pointed Star can be\\nmade with One Cut,\\nwith no more trouble than it\\ntakes to make the five-point.\\nFold the paper as in Figs. 195, 196, and 197 (see Reticule).\\nFold the form (Fig. 197) fan-wise, at the dotted lines on Fig.\\n211, making the divisions equal (Fig. 212). Press the folds\\ndown until they are flat (Fig. 213), and make the cut at the\\nplace indicated by the dotted line. When the paper is un-\\nfolded you will have the six-pointed star, Fig. 214.\\nFigs. 211-214. A Six-pointed Star, with\\nOne Cut.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0262.jp2"}, "263": {"fulltext": "Scissors and Pasteboard.\\n2.2.1\\nThis is the star of the East, which guided the wise men\\nto the lowly manger the Star of Bethlehem, a grander and\\nbetter symbol than the irregu-\\nlar five-pointed star. The six-\\npointed star stands for Peace on\\nEarth, Good Will to Men. The\\nmagicians of old called the six-\\npointed star the pentacle of\\nSolomon.\\nOne of the oldest and most\\nvenerated symbols is\\ni\\nc\\nf\\ny\\nD\\nB\\nK\\nGr\\nFig. 215.\\nThe Cross,\\nand if you make one of the pro-\\nportions of live squares, each of\\nthe three arms of equal size,\\nand equal to the square space in\\nthe middle, you may, by\\nTwo Cuts, make the Cross\\ninto a Square.\\nThis Avill, at first glance,\\nlook like an impossibility, but if\\nyou find the middle of the top end of the cross (Fig. 215),\\nand lay a straight-edge from the middle point E, touching\\nthe corner F, and rule the line E F G, then rule a line from\\nH to F, and cut where the lines are ruled, you will have\\nfour irregular pieces, A, B, C, and D, which you may fit\\ntogether in the form of a square (Fig. 216).\\nThis is amusement enough for one rainy day, and for\\nthe next one you may try something more artistic, and con-\\nsequently more difficult and interesting.\\nA\\nB\\n1\\ny\\nD\\nc\\nFig. 216.", "height": "3548", "width": "2546", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0263.jp2"}, "264": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XIX.\\nHOW TO PREPARE AND GIVE A BOYS*\\nCHALK-TALK.\\nA NATURAL taste or talent for art is almost universal.\\nIf any of my readers doubt this statement let them supply\\nall the youngsters in their neighborhood with colored chalks\\nand note the result.\\nMy word for it, there will not be a paving-flag, wall\\nor fence in the ward, which offers an opportunity for a pict-\\nure, which will not be profusely decorated with brilliantly\\ncolored, grotesque figures.\\nWe are all Born Artists.\\nThe truth is that the ability and desire to draw, come\\njust as natural to a child as its abiUty and desire to talk.\\nThat almost all children\\nlearn to talk with more or\\nless fluency, while few learn\\nto draw with any approach\\nto skill, is because talking\\nis encouraged and system-\\natically taught from earliest\\ninfancy, while drawing is\\ndiscouraged, and has been\\nFigs. 217 and 218.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Drawing-board. .1 j ^x ^i J\\never smce the days 01 old\\nSakya-Muni, 400 years before the Christian era. Sakya, the\\nnarrow-minded old heathen, thought it detrimental to prog-\\nress in virtue to waste one s time with pencil or brush.\\n222", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0264.jp2"}, "265": {"fulltext": "A Boys Chalk- Talk.\\n223\\nAnd to-day, in the gray light of the dawn of the twentieth\\ncentury, boys are often forbidden to draw and few are en-\\ncouraged in the practice, so that, in fear of punishment, the\\nyoungsters give vent to their artistic feelings by slyly deco-\\nrating the f^ags, walls, and fences.\\nFig. 219.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 a Chalk-Talker.\\nArt will never reach the proper standard until these little\\nchalk-talkers are encouraged, and taught to handle their\\nchalk with the same skill with which they are taught to\\nuse their tongues.", "height": "3548", "width": "2546", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0265.jp2"}, "266": {"fulltext": "224\\nRainy Day Ideas.\\nThe Name Chalk-Talk\\nwas invented by Frank Beard, D.D., the veteran cartoonist,\\nlecturer, and college professor, and it is the title of his first\\npublic lecture, but since then it has grown to be a popular\\nFj^i^23i\\nn\\nc\\npi jP jiTl\\nr rr\\nF V\\nFigs. 220-226. The Character of Lines.\\nname, so that whenever a speaker illustrates what he has to\\nsay by pictures, drawn before the audience, the entertain-\\nment is called a chalk-talk.\\nBesides the ability to stand before an audience and talk,\\nit is absolutely necessary to have some little knowledge of", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0266.jp2"}, "267": {"fulltext": "A Boys Chalk-Talk.\\n225\\ndrawing, before one can hope to make a success in this\\nfield.\\nHowever, any lad, with ordinary ability, can\\nLearn by Practise\\nto draw well enough to give an interesting show, suitable\\nfor the school-room, Sunday-school, or for a drawing-room\\nentertainment.\\nFor this a good blackboard and a few colored chalks are\\nall the material necessary. The blackboard is a most ex-\\nFiGS. 227-234. Motion.\\ncellent thing upon which to practise, but it is much better\\nto use large sheets of yellowish-brown paper. This paper\\nis known as chalk-talk paper, and has tooth enough to\\nretain the chalk, and make every stroke tell.\\nFigs. 217 and 218 show how to make a\\nDrawing-Board,\\nupon which to fasten the paper. Fig. 217 shows the front\\nview. Fig. 218 the rear view. The drawing-board can be\\nmade of any size to suit the artist, but should always be\\nlarge enough to give full sweep to the arm.\\nIS", "height": "3548", "width": "2546", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0267.jp2"}, "268": {"fulltext": "226 Rainy Day Ideas.\\nSize of Board.\\nTo get these proportions take a piece of charcoal in\\nyour hand and stand at arm s length from the wall, with\\nyour right side toward it, and without changing your\\nposition, or leaning forward, make a mark as high upon the\\nwall as you can reach. In the same manner make a mark as\\nlow as you can reach, without stooping. Swing your arm\\nfrom left to right, make two marks midway between and\\nupon each side of the first marks. This will give you the\\nfull extent of your reach. It is well to allow a foot more,\\neach way, for a margin. This will give the proper propor-\\ntion for the drawing-board.\\nThe board must be made of soft, smooth pine boards, so\\nmatched that there will be no cracks to annoy you while\\ndrawing.\\nThe Height of the Easel\\ncan be obtained by measuring from the floor to the top\\nmark on the wall, and allowing a foot more for the margin.\\nThe easel is made by screwing two leg-boards on the\\nback of the drawing-board (Fig. 217), and then, with a hinge\\nin the middle of the top edge of the drawing-board, attach-\\ning the third or hind leg (Fig. 218).\\nTack the Paper\\nsecurely, at the top and bottom, to the drawing-board,\\nspread your colored chalks out on the table, and group the\\ncolors so that they will be handy, and when you want any\\ncolor you will waste no time seeking that particular lump\\nof chalk (Fig. 219).\\nKeep a Sharp Knife\\nhandy, on the table, so that as soon as the audience has\\nseen one picture you can run the point of the kaife along", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0268.jp2"}, "269": {"fulltext": "A Boys Chalk-Talk.\\n2.2ri\\nthe bottom of the\\npaper, just above the\\ntacks, free the lower\\nedge of the draw-\\ning, throw it up and\\nover the top of the\\neasel, without tak-\\ning time to detach\\nit at the top. You\\nare then ready to\\nbegin upon a new\\ndrawing.\\nThe Drawings\\nThemselves\\nmust be simple, but\\nwith practice some\\nvery effective de-\\nsigns can be made\\nwith a few rapid\\nstrokes, which at a\\ndistance will look\\nlike finished paint-\\nings. You may\\nBegin Your Talk\\nby drawing a ver-\\ntical line AB (Fig.\\n220). As soon as this\\nis done you must\\nstep aside, so that all\\nthe audience may see\\ni\\n235\\n236\\nZ39", "height": "3548", "width": "2546", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0269.jp2"}, "270": {"fulltext": "228\\nRainy Day Ideas.\\nFig. 241\\nwhat you have drawn, and while they are looking at the\\nline tell them that you are going to give them a talk upon\\nthe character of lines, and what the lines represent.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0270.jp2"}, "271": {"fulltext": "A Boys Chalk -Talk. 229\\nAB conveys the idea of\\nA Stationary Object\\na telegraph pole, a tree, a church steeple, etc. If there is\\none idea which it does not suggest, that idea is motion.\\nDraw two lines diagonally down from A to the base line\\n(Fig. 221), and point out that this represents a pyramid,\\nwhich when resting upon its base is the\\nEmblem of Stability.\\nUpon another sheet of paper draw two AB lines, and\\nFig. 243.\\njoining them at the top (Fig. 222), show that these lines still\\nrepresent a stationary object a house.\\nAt this point you may work in any comic story of houses\\nin a Western tornado, which, under a stress of weather are\\nnot stationary, but seem inclined to change their base and\\neven to fly, etc. Fig. 243 shows how a man becomes a sta-\\ntionary object when the line AB divides him in the centre.", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0271.jp2"}, "272": {"fulltext": "230\\nRainy Day Ideas.\\nMotion.\\nBut when you slant the AB lines they suggest motion\\n(Figs. 224, 225, and 226).\\nAlthough the pyramid is the emblem of stability, when\\nresting upon its base with the AB line dividing it in the\\ncentre if you take the same form and point the apex in any", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0272.jp2"}, "273": {"fulltext": "A Boys Chalk -Talk. 231\\nother direction it immediately suggests motion, as in Figs.\\n227, 228, and 229.\\nNot only does it suggest motion, but it tells the direc-\\ntion of the movement suggested. Any child can tell in\\nwhich direction the arrow and the ducks are flying.", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0273.jp2"}, "274": {"fulltext": "232 Rainy Day Ideas.\\nThere is\\nAnother Meaning\\nto this figure. It is a wedge, and means cleaving entering\\ninto (Figs. 230, 231, 232, and 233). But when one views it\\nfrom the opposite direction the meaning is just the oppo-\\nsite to a wedge. It now means reception (Fig. 234), The\\nmouse is entering and the alligator is receiving.\\nDraw All Your Figures as Large as the Paper Will\\nPermit\\nyou to make them otherwise the audience, or some persons\\nin the back part of the audience, will miss part of your talk,\\nand that will spoil their enjoyment and diminish your ap-\\nplause.\\nUpon a new sheet of paper draw a horizontal line (Fig,\\n235), and explain that\\nThis Line Means Repose.\\nIt is the position a person assumes in sleep it is the sur-\\nface of the ocean during a calm (Fig. 236).\\nHere we again have the upright line AB (of Fig. 220), in\\nthe mast of the becalmed and immovable ship of Fig. 236.\\nWhen a squall comes up not only does AB change to a di-\\nagonal line (Fig. 237), but the horizontal line, indicating re-\\npose, is broken into a series of irregular points, showing\\nnoise, movement, and commotion. Figs. 238 and 239 show\\nthe same effect of lines.\\nSomething Which Needs Practice,\\nis the ape but when you draw it carefully a few times and\\nthen practise on it, as you would upon a difficult feat in", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0274.jp2"}, "275": {"fulltext": "A Boys Chalk-Talk.\\n233\\nFig. 246.\\nFig. 247.\\nFig. 248.\\nFig.\\n249.\\nFig. 250.\\nFig. 251.\\nFigs. 246-251.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Evolution of the Face.", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0275.jp2"}, "276": {"fulltext": "234 Rainy Day Ideas.\\nskating, or any other sport, you can learn to draw the thing\\nin less than a minute. The\\nEvolution of the Ape\\nis its growth from a few simple lines. First draw Fig. 240,\\nthen add a curved line to the top of the first figure and\\nsome wiggles to the bottom (Fig. 241).\\nA few more strokes of the chalk and we have the com-\\nical short legs, long toes, and big thumbs (Fig. 242). Pro-\\nlong the curve which you drew upon top of the legs until\\nyou have an irregular circle (Fig. 243), and on top of the\\ncircle fit Fig. 2z^., the arms of the ape. Make the knuckles\\nrest upon the ground, each side of the feet. From Fig. 246\\nto Fig. 251, inclusive, is the evolution of the face; but\\nFor Quick Work\\nmost all of the wrinkles shown in Figs. 248 and 251 may be\\nleft out. Simply draw the nose and eyes upon Fig. 247 and\\nadd the ears, hair, and whiskers (Fig. 250), and it will look\\nape-like enough to bring applause. When this is finished\\nyou have the late lamented Mr. Crowley, of Central Park\\nZoo (Fig. 252), which will gain sufficient applause to fully\\nrepay you for all the time spent in practising on the evolution\\nof the ape.\\nThis will be enough for one talk, and if interlarded with\\namusing stories and narrations, will not only hold and\\namuse your audience, but will teach them some real truths\\nin the sign language of drawing, and give them the begin-\\nner s lesson in the meaning of lines.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0276.jp2"}, "277": {"fulltext": "A Boys Chalk -Talk. 235\\nFig. 252. Mr. Crowley,", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0277.jp2"}, "278": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0278.jp2"}, "279": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XX.\\nA CHRISTMAS NOVELTY FOR BOYS.\\nHow to Build and Decorate a Fireplace for Santa Claus.\\nTo Mr. Clement C. Moore we are indebted for the crea-\\ntion of that jolly little gnome, the Americanized Santa\\nClaus, Kris Kringle, or Saint Nicholas. When The Night\\nBefore Christmas was written our homes all possessed\\nample chimneys and spacious fireplaces, affording a most\\nconvenient entrance for the merry little saint but now he\\nis without doubt sorely puzzled by our modern houses, and\\nexperiences great discomfort and difficulty in entering the\\nhot-air chamber of the furnaces, and squeezing his corpulent\\nlittle body and his pack of gifts through the registers.\\nA deep sense of gratitude for many favors received, in-\\nduces me to offer a few suggestions which will help the\\nfriend of my boyhood to come, as of old, through the\\nchimney.\\nFig. 253 shows\\nThe First Start\\nfor the framework, which is made of smooth or rough pine\\nstrips, y^ inch thick by 2 inches in width. Make the frame\\nabout 5 feet 4 inches high by 4 feet 6 inches wide the top and\\nlower pieces 4 feet 5 inches (A, B, and C, D, Fig. 253) long,\\nthus allowing inch at each end, to fit the ends of the side-\\npieces (R and S, Fig. 256). The diagonals, X and Y (Fig.\\n253), are temporary braces, to keep the frame in shape, and\\n237", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0279.jp2"}, "280": {"fulltext": "238\\nRainy Day Ideas.\\nare nailed at each end in such a manner that the nails may\\nbe easily withdrawn when it is necessary. The illustration\\nis so clear that there should be no difficulty in following its\\nlines.\\nFig. 253. Beginning the Framework.\\nThe frame, A, E, F, B (Fig. 254), is the\\nBack of the Chimney,\\nand should reach to the ceiling of the room in which the\\nfireplace is to be built. Set the frame, A, B, C, D (Fig. 253),\\nagainst the wall; then take Z (Fig. 254) and raise it up until\\nit touches the ceiling, and drive a nail at the intersection\\nof X and Y into Z, and another exactly in the centre of A,\\nB drive them far enough to hold Z in an upright position,", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0280.jp2"}, "281": {"fulltext": "A Christinas Novelty for Boys. 239\\nbut leave enough of the nail-heads protruding to make it\\neasy to redraw them and remove the temporary braces, X,\\nY, and Z (Fig. 254), when the whole frame will be finished\\nand ready to use.\\n-^o^r f\\\\ci^si:^.^\\nFig. 254.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Back of the Chimney.\\nTake a stick half the length of A, B (E, F, Fig. 254), and\\nI the end of Z exactly to the centre of E, F. By pushing\\nup one end or the other you may put E, F exactly at right\\nnai", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0281.jp2"}, "282": {"fulltext": "240 Rainy Day Ideas.\\nangles, or square with Z. When the stick, E, F, is found\\nto be square, cut two more sticks, A, E and F, B, each a\\ntrifle longer than the distance from A to E cut the ends of\\nthese sticks to fit on the top of A, B, and toe-nail them\\nin place, as is shown in the small diagram in the upper right-\\nhand corner of Fig. 254. Allow the upper ends of A, E, and\\nF, B to slip under the ends of the stick, E, F, as in the illus-\\ntration, and nail them securely in place then saw off the\\nprotruding ends even with E, F, and the back of your frame\\nis finished.\\nThe Front Frame\\n(Fig. 255) is of the same width as A, B, Fig. 253, but it is\\nthe width of the strips R and S, Fig. 256 (two inches),\\nshorter than the back. The side-pieces, G, N, and H, Q\\n(Fig. 255), are set with their edges facing the front, and the\\ntop-piece, G, H (Fig. 255), is fitted in with its broad surface\\nfacing the front and flush with the tops and front edges of\\nthe side-pieces, G, N, and H, Q it is held in place by nails\\ndriven through the side-pieces in the ends of G, H.\\nThe piece J, K, is exactly the same length as G, H, and\\nforms the top of the fireplace, but unlike G, H, the piece\\nJ, K, has its thin edge flush with the front. It is held in\\nplace by nails which are driven through from the outside\\nof the two uprights, G, N,and H, Q. All these pieces must\\nbe cut and fitted with exactness, or the framework will be\\nof no use.\\nFig. 256 shows how\\nThe Remaining Pieces,\\nLO, MP, NO, and PQ, are placed, and the figure of the\\nyoung workman gives an idea of their proportions which\\ncannot be given in figures, for the reason that the opening", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0282.jp2"}, "283": {"fulltext": "A Christmas Novelty for Boys. 241\\nfor the fireplace must be made to suit the size of the boy\\nwho is to be Santa Claus.\\nTo finish the framework is now\\nFig. 255.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Front Frame.\\nA Simple Task.\\nMake two bottom side-bars (C, N, and D, Q, Fig. 256), each\\nabout two and one-half feet long, and nail them in place,\\ntoe-nailing at the front. The two top-bars (R and S,\\nFig. 256) must extend out a foot in front, as a support for\\n16", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0283.jp2"}, "284": {"fulltext": "242\\nRainy Day Ideas.\\nthe mantel-piece. After these are securely nailed in place\\nthe roof-sticks, a and d, may be fitted in place, and notched\\nto fit over the mantel supports, as shown in Fig. 256. You\\nnow have a strong but light frame, which must be neatly\\nFig. 256.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Finished Frame.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0284.jp2"}, "285": {"fulltext": "A Christmas Novelty for Boys. 243\\ncovered with gray-colored paper muslin, Manila paper, or\\nbuilding- paper.\\nThe Covering\\nmust be stretched, and securely tacked to the framework,\\nso that no wrinkles shall betray its frail nature.\\nSome black paper muslin is now needed\\nTo Line the Inside of the Fireplace.\\nTack the ends of two pieces of the black stufE on the\\nuprights, LO, and MP, and extend one piece back to B, D,\\nand the other to A, C, and tack them to the back frame\\nalso stretch a piece of black muslin from A, C, to B, D.\\nThis will make the interior of the fireplace dark and mys-\\nterious.\\nNext take a pot of white paint and a small brush, and\\nrule white horizontal lines all around the fireplace and\\nchimney; then paint upright lines, as shown in the illustra-\\ntion (Fig. 257). This will give the effect of stonework with\\nwhite plaster between.\\nPlace a smooth board upon the projecting supports, R\\nand S, for the mantel, and the work will be done. If you\\ncan secure some old-fashioned brass candlesticks and an\\nantique clock, for your mantel, they will add greatly to the\\neffect. A pair of andirons, with some charred sticks of wood,\\nwill give a realistic touch which will win applause (Fig. 257).\\nOur American St. Nicholas\\niS a jovial little fellow, with a very red nose, white hair,\\nwhite beard, short pipe, fur-trimmed clothes, and a little\\nround belly which shakes when he laughs, like a bowl full\\nof jelly. Every youngster also knows that he comes in a", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0285.jp2"}, "286": {"fulltext": "244\\nRainy Day Ideas.\\nlittle sleigh, drawn by eight tiny reindeer; but in spite of\\nthis universal knowledge among the children of America\\nof Santa Claus personal characteristics, the long-legged\\nsaint of Europe still fills our illustrated papers, each year\\nas heretofore, and badly upholstered giants are made to\\nFig 257.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Ready for Christmas.\\nStand for the saint in all the shop-windows, and frighten\\nthe children out of their seven senses. It is a fact that\\nmany of the little ones take these big ungainly giants for\\nthe ones which Jack the Giant-killer is supposed to have\\nslain.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0286.jp2"}, "287": {"fulltext": "A Christmas Novelty for Boys. 245\\nAll American children love their little American Christ-\\nmas saint, whose individuality was born with the verses\\nbeginning\\nIt was the night before Christmas, and all through the house\\nNot a creature was stirring, not even a mouse, etc.\\nAny boy who has a box of tools, and is at all clever\\nat carpentry, may make a framework similar to the one\\nshown in the preceding illustrations, but when it comes to\\npreparing the\\nCostume for Jolly Old Santa Claus\\nhe will more than likely find it convenient to call or\\nsome assistance from his sisters, though, of course, he\\nwill enjoy the whole thing better if he can make it a real\\nsurprise.\\nBut it is not very difficult for the boys to make a good\\nrepresentation of St. Nick themselves.\\nThe Coat.\\nWhen making his costume secure a dark-colored sack\\ncoat which is much too large for the proposed Santa Claus,\\nand turn back the sleeves at the cuffs until they are the\\nproper length for Santa Claus s arms. Stitch the cuffs\\nlightly to the sleeves, to keep them in place. Turn up the\\nbottom of the coat all around, making it the proper length\\nfor the little man, and stitch the skirt in place then, to rep-\\nresent fur, use white cotton-batting and cover the turned-\\nback cuffs and skirt with this material, so as to conceal the\\nalterations. Upon the white trimmings sew little tags of\\nblack cotton.", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0287.jp2"}, "288": {"fulltext": "246 Rainy Day Ideas.\\nUse a Fur Cap,\\nif you have one; if not, tals:e any sort of a dark cloth one,\\nand sew a piece of white cotton around the edge. Cover\\nthe legs, below the knees, with heavy woollen stockings and\\nuse big overshoes for the feet.\\nHow to Put on the Clothes.\\nWhen the boy who is to represent the jolly old saint is\\nready to dress, let him put on the knickerbockers first and\\nstuff the bottom end of a pillow in the front of the breeches;\\nthen put on the coat, and button and belt the pillow inside.\\nThis will give him a jolly big paunch next put on the stock-\\nings and the overshoes. Then let some one gum a pair of\\nbig white cotton eyebrows to his forehead, using common\\nmucilage for the purpose also a long white cotton mustache\\nand beard. Press these appendages to the face until the\\nmucilage is dry. The finishing touch is made by painting\\nthe nose a bright red, and then the brave old saint will be\\nready to hide in the spacious chimney, to descend and\\ngreet the company when he receives the signal that the\\nproper time has come for his appearance.\\nIf the false chimney and fireplace are set up against an\\nopen door, Santa Claus may enter from the other room, and\\nwhen he lets himself down over the black cloth back of the\\nfireplace it will appear to the audience at least, to all the\\nlittle folks as if he came down the chimney.\\nIn case no doorway is handy a strong board shelf, built\\nin the false chimney, will serve as a seat and a place of con-\\ncealment for the saint until the clock on the mantel strikes\\nthe hour of twelve, which should be the signal for the im-\\nmediate appearance of the little man.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0288.jp2"}, "289": {"fulltext": "A Christmas Novelty for Boys. 247\\nThe Clock,\\nof course, should be set ahead of time, so that it will strike\\nat the proper moment, when everything is in readiness, and\\nthe little folks are trembling with impatience.", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0289.jp2"}, "290": {"fulltext": "i\\nCHAPTER XXI.\\nHOW TO MAKE\\nTWO BOYS\\nCLAUS.\\nINTO ONE SANTA\\nIf your time for preparation is limited, and you still wish\\nto have a live Santa Claus, you may do so by dispensing\\nwith the artificial fire-\\nplace altogether, and\\nallowing the old saint\\nto hold a reception in\\nthe doorway between\\ntwo rooms.\\nThe accompanying\\nillustrations show you\\nhow you can make\\nanother real live Santa\\nClaus, in your own\\nhome. Many of you\\nare familiar with the\\ntrick of the so-called\\nGerman dwarf, and\\nthis Santa Claus is an\\nadaptation of that trick\\nfor a Christmas enter-\\ntainment.\\nThe first picture\\n(Fig. 258) shows\\n248\\nFig. 258.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Legs.\\nFig.\\n259. Legs with\\nCoat.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0290.jp2"}, "291": {"fulltext": "How to Make a Santa Claus,\\n249\\nHow the Old Saint s Legs are Made\\nby pulling a pair of golf stockings over the hands and arms,\\nand then slipping the hands into the slippers.\\nIt is necessary to choose a short coat, for otherwise the\\ntails would hide the feet. With any old fur, or substitute\\nwhich will look like fur, trim the\\ncoat, making it appear as if it but-\\ntoned up in the middle of the\\nback.\\nSome one then puts the coat,\\nwrong-side fore, on to the boy\\nwho acts as legs (Fig. 259).\\nThe Wig and Beard\\nare now put on Mr. Legs, and his\\nnose is then painted a bright red,\\nafter which a peaked cap, made of\\nsome bright material and trimmed\\nwith something to represent fur,\\nis placed upon his head.\\nMr. Legs is now ready for\\nMr. Arms, and the illustration\\n(Fig. 260) shows Mr. Arms after\\nhe has thrust his hands and arms\\nthrough the sleeves of the fur-\\ntrimmed coat.\\nFig. 260.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Little Saint.\\nSide- View.\\nThe Curtains\\nare securely pinned behind Legs head in front of Arms\\nface, and brought down around the fur-trimmed coat, out-\\nside of Legs real legs, and pinned under his arms, which\\nare doing the part of the saint s legs, thus concealing all", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0291.jp2"}, "292": {"fulltext": "250\\nRainy Day Ideas.\\nbut the little saint. The last illustration (Fig. 261) displays\\nthe jolly little saint distributing candy and small presents\\nto the young people.\\nThe more care you take in arranging your show, the\\ngreater will be the success of the entertainment. The eight\\nlittle reindeer are not necessary, even if they were obtain-\\nable, for the old saint may\\nbe supposed to have un-\\nhitched his steeds for the\\ntime and stabled them on\\nthe roof but\\nThe Sleigh\\ncan be improvised from\\nany ordinary coasting-\\nsled. Select one which\\nlooks something like a\\nsleigh.\\nWhen fat little Santa\\nClaus comes down the\\nchimney, we all know\\nthat he carries his\\nGood Things in a Bag,\\nso if you secure a bag,\\nand stuff it full of any\\nsort of material, it will\\nmake a most appropriate load for the sleigh. A fur rug\\nwill add to the effect, but is not necessary.\\nIf the sleigh and bag do not reach high enough for the\\nsaint to stand on, a stage must be made of some old box,\\ncovered by a white sheet or white canton-fiannel cloth, to\\n^M/^^\\nFig. 261.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Little Saint. Front View.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0292.jp2"}, "293": {"fulltext": "How to Make a Santa Clans. 251\\nrepresent snow, and on this stage set the sleigh and bag, as\\nshown in the illustration on page 250.\\nA second bag should be procured, in which all the pres-\\nents have been placed each present should be carefully\\ncovered with enough paper to protect it from injury, as\\nwell as to conceal and make a mystery of the contents of\\nthe package.\\nWhen All is Ready\\nhave a curtain or screen set up before Santa Claus, turn\\ndown the lights and invite the company into the room, then\\nmake them keep very quiet and listen for Santa Claus.\\nIn an adjoining room some one in the secret has a set of\\nsleigh-bells, which are jingled very softly at first, gradually\\ngrowing louder and louder, as if the sleigh was approaching\\nnearer when they stop a stamping of feet is heard.\\nThis last is\\nThe Signal for Legs,\\nwho cries out, in his deepest bass, A pretty Christmas\\nthis Company here, and all hiding behind a screen. What,\\nho! are ye afraid of Santa Claus? At that the master of\\nceremonies removes the screen, and there before the eyes\\nof the delighted company is a real live Santa Claus, who\\ncan move his legs and arms, and talk\\nThe entertainment is\\nConcluded\\nby the old saint fishing the presents out of the bag and\\nhanding them to the master of ceremonies, who calls out\\nthe name found on each bundle and presents it to the\\nclaimant.\\nDuring the time devoted to the distribution of presents", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0293.jp2"}, "294": {"fulltext": "252 Rainy Day Ideas.\\nSanta Claus can make plenty of fun, for as the arms belong\\nto one boy and the legs and head to another, the legs and j\\nhead never know exactly what the arms are about to do il\\nnext, and if the arms take a handkerchief out of a pocket to\\nwipe the face, there is always a mirth-provoking incident,\\nand the face does not look happy until the handkerchief is\\nput away.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0294.jp2"}, "295": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXII.\\nA CIRCUS IN THE ATTIC.\\nHow to Make the Horses and Other Animals, and How\\nto Make the Costumes.\\nIn all mimic circus performances the boys of a genera-\\ntion ago were sadly handicapped by the want of horses\\nsometimes goats and dogs were pressed into service, but\\nthese animals flatly refused to allow the youthful circus\\nriders to mount their backs, and as substitutes for liorses\\nproved good for nothing but the creation of contusion.\\nWhen\\nThe Goat\\nwas supposed to canter around the ring, he had a way of\\nstanding on his hind legs and coming down head-first,\\nwhich utterly demoralized our ring-master, and even caused\\nthe clown to do many stunts not down on the programme.\\nThe dog would wag his tail and bark in a manner very un-\\nlike a true circus horse.\\nIt sometimes happened that one of the performers was\\nthe proud owner of a real live pony. Alas even a pony\\nhad its objectionable features, for however willing the ani-\\nmal might be to climb the stairs, for reasons unaccountable\\nto us, our parents put forth such strong objections that the\\npony had to be left out of the show.\\nSince the Writer s Circus Days\\nthe safety bic3^cle has made its appearance, and as a conse-\\nquence every boys show may now be supplied with circus\\n253", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0295.jp2"}, "296": {"fulltext": "254\\nRainy Day Ideas.\\nhorses which the boys can ride, and which will neither butt\\nnor bark furthermore, parents will not object to the pres-\\nence in the attic of rubber-shod hoofs, which make no noise.\\nThe Arab Steed\\nIS made by fastening a simple framework of sticks and\\nhoops to an ordinary wheel. The head may be made of the\\nFigs. 262 and 263. Showing Skeleton of Horse.\\ncanvas cover of a ham, stuffed with excelsior, or a piece of\\ncloth sewed into the form of a ham-cover, and stuffed lightly\\nwith excelsior.\\nA Feather-Duster May Do Service as a Tail.\\nFig. 262 shows the wheel, with the backbone rod, A B,\\nlashed to the top tube of the frame and the feather-duster\\nmade fast to the tail-end of the rod, A B.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0296.jp2"}, "297": {"fulltext": "A Circus in the Attic,\\n255\\nThe Neck-Bones\\nare the two rods, C D and E D. The rod C D is bound to\\nthe saddle-post, below the point where the head and top\\ntubes join under the handle-bar. The lower neck-bone, E\\nFig. 264.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Ready for the Cover.\\nD, is lashed to the top of the bracket-tube at E, just out of\\nreach of the pedals, and to the upper neck-bone, at D.\\nThe Ribs\\nare made from ordinary wooden barrel-hoops. Fig. 263\\nshows front-view of wheel, with one hoop in place. The first\\nhoop is tied on the neck-bone, in front of the handle-bars,\\nand the next two hoops are lashed to the backbone, behind", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0297.jp2"}, "298": {"fulltext": "256\\nRainy Day Ideas.\\nthe saddle-bar, as shown in Fig. 264. The head is tied to\\nthe end of the neck-bones, at D, and eyes, mouth, and nostrils,\\npainted on the ham-cover head.\\nThe Frame\\nnow only needs to be covered with a cloth of some kind, to\\nmake a most speedy Arab steed. The covering for the\\nhorse may be gaudily colored\\npaper muslin, with the addi-\\ntion, perhaps, of some quaint\\nfigures cut out of gold, red,\\nor black paper, and pasted in\\nplace, as shown by the illus-\\ntration. Two sheets may be\\nmade to do duty as a horse-\\ncover or two old shawls,\\nproperly draped and fastened\\nto the skeleton or frame-\\nwork, will answer the pur-\\npose but it is, on the whole,\\nbest to buy the paper muslin,\\nas this may be cut and sewed\\nat pleasure. Cut it so as to\\ncover both head and neck,\\nleaving eye-holes and holes\\nfor mouth and nose, also a\\nlarge opening where the fear-\\nless circus rider is to sit and work the pedals.\\nThe Reins\\nmay be made of ribbons and run from the mouth to the\\nhandle-bars. The horsr s blanket should be stitched to the\\nfirst hoop on the neck, and not allowed to hang loose, as it\\nFigs. 265-267.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Inside of the Bird.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0298.jp2"}, "299": {"fulltext": "A Circus in the Attic. 257\\nwould be certain to interfere with the free movement of the\\nfront wheel and bring the Arab steed into trouble not down\\non the programme, causing him to act more like a bucking\\nWestern bronco than a gentle, well-trained circus horse.\\nThe Moa is the Giant Bird from New Zealand,\\nand is simply made, as a glance at Figs. 265, 266, and 267\\nwill prove. Fig. 265 shows a cone made of card-board, the\\nedges of which are stitched or glued together, and the whole\\ncovered with white or yellow paper. Fig. 266 is the neck-\\nbone, a stick with a pad of rags or paper tied over the upper\\nend. A sheet, or other plain-colored cloth, is stitched to the\\ncone in such a manner that the drapery will fall down and\\nhide all but the feet and legs of the boy holding the neck-\\nbone (Fig. 267). Some black paint or ink can be used to\\nmark the eyes and mouth on the paper cone, and the only\\nliving example of the moa, the giant bird of New Zealand, is\\nready to be led around the ring before the eyes of the awe-\\nstruck spectators. For an extra charge the strange bird\\nwill even allow one of the smaller spectators to ride its back\\n(the boy s shoulders) around the ring.\\nThe Manicora\\nis an imaginary beast, once thought to inhabit America.\\nFrom all I can learn from old prints it was supposed\\nto be a sort of lion, with a human face. If any of your\\ncircus company own a French poodle, or any sort of long-\\nhaired dog which can be shaved like a lion, he can make a\\nbeautiful manicora by sewing a skirt, long enough to reach\\nbelow the dog s collar, on to a cheap false-face. With a lit-\\ntle patient work the dog may be taught to walk around the\\nring with a false-face on. The mask is held in place by\\ntucking the cloth under the dog s collar.\\n17", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0299.jp2"}, "300": {"fulltext": "258\\nRainy Day Ideas.\\nBy using\\nA Little Ingenuity,\\nany number of fierce and strange animals can be made, to\\nFig. 274,\\nFigs. 268-274. Ring-master and His Costume.\\nastonish and please the audience; every boy knows how to\\nmake an elephant of two boys covered with a gray shawl,", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0300.jp2"}, "301": {"fulltext": "A Circus in the Attic. 259\\nand a giraffe can be made by adding another boy to the moa,\\nso as to give it four legs but the limited space at my dis-\\nposal forbids my introducing more diagrams.\\nThe Dignified and Self-sufficient Ring-master\\nmust dress in black, and have high boots, or at least what\\nappear to be high boots. This appearance can be made\\nwith a few cents worth of black paper muslin, sewed over\\ntwo cylinders (Fig. 272) of pasteboard. These, when fin-\\nished, will look like top-boots (Figs. 273 and 274.)\\nTight-fitting Knee-breeches,\\nblack or some dark color, and a dark coat, will be all that is\\nrequired for lower parts but the head must be adorned\\nwith a high hat, and if an old silk hat of the proper size can-\\nnot be procured, you can make one by fitting a muslin-cov-\\nered pasteboard top on to an ordinary black derby hat (see\\nFigs. 268, 269, 270, 271, and 274.) A standing collar and a\\nflashy or plain white necktie will finish the costume. Of\\ncourse the ring-master must have a long whip, with which\\nhe makes believe to whip the clown when the latter tries\\none of his jokes at the ring-master s expense.\\nA Jersey or a Tight-fitting Undershirt\\nwill do duty for the circus rider s upper garment, and if he\\ncan induce some one to make him a pair of light-colored\\ntrunks he can appear in his underclothes, and no one will\\nknow but that he has on the regular showman s tights.\\nA Girl s Old Turban Hat,\\nset jauntily on his head, will add to the effect, especially if\\nthis head-gear be decorated with a long-, curling feather.", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0301.jp2"}, "302": {"fulltext": "26o\\nRainy Day Ideas.\\nFig. 275.\\nFig. 276.\\nFig. 277/^\\nFig. 278.\\nFigs. 275-278.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Clown.\\nIf the reader is not fortunate in the possession of some\\naccommodating female relative who will help him out by\\nkindly making the trunks, he may take an old pair of loose-\\nfitting", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0302.jp2"}, "303": {"fulltext": "A Circus in the AtH^ 261\\nKnickerbockers,*\\nand cut the legs off, just below the thigh then cut slits near\\nthe bottom, through which he may run a piece of tape, as\\nthe pucker-string is run in the top of a marble-bag.\\nTo put on these trunks he must turn them\\nWrong Side Out\\nand put them on upside down, then fasten the string as high\\nup on his leg as it will go, after which he can reach down\\nand turn the breeches up until they come to the proper\\nplace around his waist. It will then be seen that they are\\nnot only right side out, but that the cloth folds over and\\nconceals the pucker-strings as neatly as if the trunks were\\nmade by a tailor.\\nTake an Old Soft Felt Hat\\n(Fig. 275) and soak it well in warm or hot water, then put it\\nover the blunt end of a bedpost, or any similar object, and\\nfirmly but steadily pull down the rim (Fig. 276), until the\\ncrown is given a conical form (Fig. 277). If you pull too\\nhard you will run the post through the hat but with a little\\ncare you may shape any old soft felt hat into the typical\\nhead-gear of the clown (Figs. 277, 278).\\nYour father s, big brother s, or uncle s\\nPajamas,\\nwill make an excellent suit of clothes for the clown. Hoist\\nthe pantaloons up under your arms and fasten them there\\nthen put garters around the ankles. Belt in the upper gar-\\nments at the waist, and put elastic garters on your wrists.\\nPersuade your sister, mother, or aunt, to make a ruff for your", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0303.jp2"}, "304": {"fulltext": "262\\nRainy Day Ideas.\\nneck, from apiece of stiff white muslin, and you will have as\\ngood a clown s suit as appears in the real circus, (Fig. 278).\\nWhen\\nMaking- Up\\nfor the ring, take some common flour and put it in a piece\\nof mosquito-netting with this, powder your hair, face, and\\nneck, until all is as white as the driven snow, then wet a\\ntowel and mark out a big, laughing mouth.\\nYou are now ready to caper into the ring and throw your\\npeaked hat at the ring-master.\\nFig. 279. The Circus.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0304.jp2"}, "305": {"fulltext": "A^ B OYS\\nCHAPTER XXIII.\\nThe only difference between the bald-headed, bearded\\nboy and his younger brother in knickerbockers is that the\\nlatter is fond of fun and owns up to it, while the former is\\nfond of fun and conceals the fact behind a solemn counte-\\nnance and a severe and dignified frown.\\nBut when the\\nOld Boys\\nattend a stag-party the solemn faces and frowns are not\\nthere they leave them with their overcoats in the hall.\\nWhen sending\\nInvitations to a Boys Stag-Party,\\nit should be suggested that the guests come in their old\\nclothes, and not be late for the target-shooting. You must\\nhave some blow-guns and a target ready for them to use\\nwhen they arrive.\\nMake the Target\\nof a large sheet of Manila paper. Outline the rings by plac-\\ning the paper on the floor, driving a tack in the centre of\\nthe paper, and then using a piece of string with a loop at\\none end and a very short pencil at the other end, place\\nthe loop over the tack and fasten the pencil to the string.\\nIn this way make a number of circles, and number them\\n263", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0305.jp2"}, "306": {"fulltext": "264\\nRamy Day Ideas.\\nfrom one to ten or fifteen, according to the number of\\nguests you have invited to your stag-party.\\nWhen the target is finished lay it aside, and busy your-\\nselves making darts for the blow-guns. Take a number of\\nCarpet Tacks\\nand some bright-colored worsted tie the worsted string to\\nthe tack until the latter is covered, all but its point, then\\npush all the ends of the strings back to the head of the tack\\nand cut them off evenly, leaving them about a quarter of an\\ninch long.\\nWhen one of these darts is shot through the b^ow-gun it\\nwill stick into anything it hits, unless the target be of stone\\nor metal.\\nWhen the darts are all made lay them aside, with the\\nblow-guns and the target, and go to the market and secure a\\nbasketful of an assortment of\\nAll the Large Vegetables\\nyou can find big turnips, the\\nlargest sweet potatoes, small\\nsquashes, field-beets, and com-\\npact cabbages. Some of the\\nvegetables in this list may be\\nout of season, but there will\\nalways be some that are in\\nseason.\\nCut the top of each turnip,\\nbeet, potato, and squash, leav-\\ning a slanting or beveled edge\\nthen hollow out the vegetable until\\nyou have space enough to hold a fair-sized paper of candy.\\nFigs. 280 and 281\\nto the lid (Fig. 280)", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0306.jp2"}, "307": {"fulltext": "A Boys Stag-party.\\n265\\nPut the candy in oiled paper, place it in the hollow veg--\\netable and fit the lid on the the top, where it can be secured\\nby using wooden toothpicks as tacks (Fig. 281). If this\\nwork has been done with any sort of care, no one, not in\\nthe secret, will suspect that it is not a common vegetable.\\nThe Cabbage Bonbon Box\\nis made in the same manner, only in this case you must\\ncarefully peel off the first covering of leaves from the head\\nof cabbage and then cut a hole for the bonbons, as in Fig.\\n282. After the candy is in place the leaves removed\\nREADY FOK FILLING\\nS E RVElD.\\nFigs. 282 and ok\\nfrom the cabbage must be carefully replaced, and fastened\\non with toothpicks, which are concealed by the surround-\\ning leaves (Fig. 283).\\nWhen you have made one of these novel bonbon boxes\\nfor each guest, you can begin to make\\nThe Big Pie or Pudding\\nwhich is to grace the centre of the table. Buy a num-\\nber of cheap toys, such as little china dolls (both black\\nand white), whistles, rattles, etc., and to each one you\\nattach a card with some comic verse or sentence written", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0307.jp2"}, "308": {"fulltext": "266 Rainy Day Ideas.\\non it; then you roll the toy up in a number of pieces ot\\nsoft paper until the bundle assumes a ball-like form. The\\noutside wrapper of each bundle should be of the brightest-\\n1\\nFig. 284. Attach a Bright Piece of Ribbon.\\ncolored tissue-paper which can be found. After securely\\nbinding the bundles with twine attach a bright piece of tape\\nor silk ribbon to each, as in Fig. 284.\\nWhen all the\\nKnick-knacks and Jokes\\nare bundled up, and the ribbons attached, place them in a\\nlarge earthen dish or wooden bread-bowl, and arrange them\\nso that the ribbon to each parcel hangs outside. Then fill\\nthe bowl with bran and pat into a rounded surface, as shown\\nin Fig. 285.\\nThe Ribbons Must be Loosely Knotted\\nat the sides, to keep them from harm, after which the sur-\\nface of the fake cake is covered with a layer of wheat\\nflour, to represent frosting, and the flour is ornamented\\nwith raisins, as in the illustration, while the top is deco-\\nrated with a few sprigs of green or the ornaments from the\\ntop of a real cake, and the fake cake is then ready to\\nserve.\\nDon t Disappoint the Boys.\\nWhile both the boys in knickerbockers and the boys\\nin long-tailed coats like fun, neither the old nor the young", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0308.jp2"}, "309": {"fulltext": "A Boys Stag-Party. 267\\nboys enjoy being disappointed. You must, therefore, have\\nsome real pie, cake, and good things to serve, besides the\\nmake-believe cake, so as to keep all the guests good-\\nhumored.\\nThe Shooting.\\nWhen all the lads have assembled and the target is in\\nplace, give one prepared tack and the blow-gun to one boy,\\nand let him have a shot at the target, and keep account of\\nthe number he comes nearest to with the dart.\\nWhen all the boys have had their turn at firing a shot,\\nand\\nThe Numbers are All Recorded,\\nshow them a list, with a penalty opposite each number\\nfor instance, number one must wear two feathers in his\\nhair number two must have his face decorated with black\\ncircles number three, face decorated with black stripes\\nnumber four, hair powdered white, with fiour; number five,\\nhalf face black, etc. Then tell them the list was made out\\nby the Mad March Hare.\\nWhen All the Boys are Properly Decorated,\\nwith blackened or whitened faces, coats wrong side out, etc.,\\nlet them march to the table in the order of their numbers,\\nand take the numbered seat which corresponds with the\\nnumber they struck on the target. When the boys are\\nseated the maid should bring in\\nGreat Trays, Heaped with Raw Garden-Stuff.\\nThis will cause a shout of surprise and disappointment\\nbut after some lad has laboriously cut a great turnip in", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0309.jp2"}, "310": {"fulltext": "268\\nRainy Day Ideas.\\nhalf, and discovered the con-\\ncealed sweets, the fun will begin\\nanew.\\nAfter this first course of\\nvegetables\\nThe Regular Spread May Be\\nServed,\\nand when all have finished you\\nmust rise and say that you hope\\nthat your guests have still kept\\na little of their appetites for a\\npiece of March Hare pie. Then\\nyou don a big white apron,\\nthrust a table-knife in your belt,\\nso as to look like a cook, and\\nbring in\\nThe Great Fake Cake\\n(Fig. 285). Place the cake in\\nthe centre of the table, with the\\nribbons carefully undone and\\none end stretched to each plate.\\nAt a Given Signal\\neach guest gives a sharp pull\\nupon his line, and out pop\\nall the brightly-col-\\nored parcels, while\\nthe bran and flour\\nfly^ as if an explo-\\nsion had occurred.\\nFig. 285 \u00e2\u0080\u0094Bring in the Cake.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0310.jp2"}, "311": {"fulltext": "i", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0311.jp2"}, "312": {"fulltext": "1", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0312.jp2"}, "313": {"fulltext": "A Boys Stag-Party. 269\\nThe success of this last act depends entirely upon the\\nhost. He must caution each boy not to gather in any of\\nthe slack of his ribbon, but only take a firm hold of the end\\nand wait until the word is given to pull.\\nAfter the excitement and fun of demolishing the fake\\ncake, then comes the fun of unrolling the bundles and read-\\ning the jokes attached to each trinket.", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0313.jp2"}, "314": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXIV.\\nA WILD WEST SHOW IN THE HOUSE.\\nThere are many boys to-day who have never seen an\\nIndian, and while it is impossible for us all to view the real\\nWild West, it is not difficult for us to get up a little Wild\\nWest show of our own, at home.\\nPatterns Are Here Given,\\nwhich any intelligent boy can copy. The fields of the pat-\\nterns given are divided into small squares, and the dividing\\nlines are numbered and lettered along two sides of the\\npattern.\\nIt is not hard to understand that, since every square,\\nbe it big or little, is exactly the same shape, by making the\\nsame number of larger squares you will have an enlarged\\nfield, similar to the one shown.\\nHow to Reproduce the Patterns.\\nPlace a clean piece of card-board on the table, and, with\\nthe aid of a straight-edged piece of board, rule a line close\\nto the edge of the card-board and parallel to it.\\nBy means of a two-foot measure, or tape-line, mark off\\nwith your pencil a point at each half-inch, to correspond\\nwith the numbered lines on the field (Fig. 286). Number\\nthe lines from one to thirty-three, as they are numbered in\\nFig. 286. Replace the straight-edged board along the line,\\ntake a large flat book (your geography will do), see that the\\n270", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0314.jp2"}, "315": {"fulltext": "A IVild IVesf Show in the House. 271\\nFig. 286.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Parts of Mounted Cowboy and Indian.\\nedge of the board is exactly parallel to the pencil line, and\\njust far enough back of it to show the pencil dots, hold the\\nboard firmly in place, and slide the book along the edge of", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0315.jp2"}, "316": {"fulltext": "272\\nRainy Day Ideas.\\nthe board, until the edge of the book is exactly at the first\\npencil dot.\\nRule the First Line\\nalong the edge of the book, then move the book to the next\\n7\\n6^\\nI\\n-7\\nV\\n^1\\n0.\\ny\\nt\\nS\\nh\\n[4\\nr\\nJ\\nL\\nni\\nN,\\np\\n/h\\nl^\\nc\\\\\\n-J-\\nzz\\n.:D\\n:l_\\n\\\\f.\\ny\\nF^\\n\\\\J\\n_z\\ns\\nA\\n-=i\\n-5=\\ny\\nk\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0^i\\ny\\\\\\nrC\\nL,\\ny\\nT\\nV\\np\\n1\\np\\n_-\\n_--J\\nI\\nN\\n5\\ny\\ny^\\n-1^\\n12.\\nri\\n__\\nM\\ni\\nP\\n7\\ns\\\\\\nT\\nc\\nW\\nVAX\\nY\\nY\\nT\\ny\\nl\u00c2\u00abv\\n2nK\\nd.\\nU\\n\\\\o.\\\\i\\nIV\\nV\\nC\\ns\\na-\\nM\\nL\\no-His^k\\nt\\ni i\\n7\\nb\\ni 1\\n1\\nz\\n3 1\\n-v\\n6^\\np\\n6 19\\n2.0 4\\nJ it\\n1 i\\n5 2\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a25C\\nCi.\\n7 2\\nBi\\n^fo\\nJ\\nJ J\\ni.5\\n3J\\n4-\\nFig. 287. Mounted Indian.\\ndot and rule the line No. i, then No. 2, and so on, until No.\\n33 is ruled.\\nAgain Take Your Two-foot\\nrule or tape measure, and mark off by pencil dots the points\\nfor the lines at A, B, C, D, etc. do the same on the line", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0316.jp2"}, "317": {"fulltext": "A Wild West Show in the House. 273\\nNo. 33, and with your board ruler connect with lines the\\ntwo sets of dots, and you will have a field of squares exactly\\nsimilar to the one in Fig. 286, only much larger.\\nNext Trace Out the Cowboy,\\nhorse, and Indian, by drawing a line upon your enlarged\\nfield from point to point, as it is seen to cross the squares in\\nthe small pattern. In the pattern the Indian has but one\\nleg and one arm, and the horse but one fore leg and one\\nhind leg, but after these are cut out it is a simple matter to\\ntrace around them on card-board with a pencil, and thus\\nsupply all of the missing limbs.\\nAfter the Puppets Are Cut\\nout, punch holes with a darning-needle at the points marked\\nA these are the joints, and the spots where the parts are\\njoined by a piece of string.\\nMake a Round Knot\\nin the end of a piece of string, so large that it will not pull\\nthrough the needle-holes. Take the hind leg of the horse\\nand thread the string through A, then through A upon the\\nhorse s hip, then through the hole in the other hind leg.\\nPull the string taut and, placing the puppet fiat, tie a knot\\nclose to the leg Fig. 289).\\nHow it is Done.\\nTo do this make a loose knot first, and with the forefinger\\nof the left hand press the loop against the puppet while you\\nslowly pull the free end taut (see Fig. 289). Tie it three or", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0317.jp2"}, "318": {"fulltext": "274\\nRainy Day Ideas,\\nfour times, until the knot is too large to pull through the\\nneedle-hole then cut off the end of the string.\\nJoin all the limbs in the same manner, and the two parts\\nof the horse s body. The result will be a horse with a body\\nwhich will bend and legs which will move in a most natural\\nmanner.\\nAs the Audience\\ncan see only the shadows, the joints will not be perceptible,\\nand the horse and rider can be made to take the most natural\\n1\\n^v^\\n^r\\ny\\nS~\\ny\\n~i\\nc\\ni\\\\\\n1\\nI\\n/I\\ny\\nN..\\nvL\\ns.\\nS\\n1\\nK\\nCI\\ne\\n1\\nI\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0^J\\n-Vp,^\\nI\\nIT\\nK\\\\^\\n\\\\i\\nI\\ni\\nu^\\ny\\nw\\nf\\\\\\n-V/\\nif\\n:^y\\nI\\ni\\n^\\\\u\\nn\\nr ^rt-r\\nJ\\ntA\\nAacoeroni\\nQ U K 6 T\\nFigs. 288 and 289.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Wild Buffalo.\\nposes. The silhouettes on the next page were traced from\\na puppet made from this pattern.\\nFor a Bridle\\nfasten a loop of string in the bit and the rider s hand. To\\nmake the horse buck, fasten a piece of fine thread to his tail", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0318.jp2"}, "319": {"fulltext": "1 __^\\nA Bronco Buster.", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0319.jp2"}, "320": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0320.jp2"}, "321": {"fulltext": "A Wild West Show in the House. 275\\nand another piece to his head then, by alternately pulling\\ntaut and allowing the thread to slacken, the horse will be\\nfound to jump, pitch, and buck, in a life-like and most ap-\\nproved Wild West manner. Fig. 290 (the page illustration)\\nshows a photograph made from the puppet here described,\\nand Figs. 291, 292, 293, and 294 are positions assumed by that\\npuppet, and traced directly from the paper horse and rider.\\nThe Indian Horseman\\n(Fig. 287) shows how the body is joined the dotted line in-\\ndicates where the portion of the fore part of the body laps\\nunder the hind part. In Fig. 287 the legs are not jointed as\\nin Fig. 286. In drawing your pattern for this puppet make\\ntwo fields of squares one for the fore part and one for the\\nhind part of the Indian and horse; and in Fig. 288 make\\nthree fields of squares, one for the hind legs, one for the\\nbody and one for the head. Both of the last diagrams are\\ndrawn on one field to save space but you can easily under-\\nstand how to reproduce them. For instance, in Fig. 287\\nmake a field of squares from o to 18 for the fore part;\\nmake another field of squares from 12 to 34 for the hind\\nquarters.\\nMake five or six duplicates of the Indian horseman;", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0321.jp2"}, "322": {"fulltext": "276 Rainy Day Ideas.\\nmake as many duplicates of the dancing Indians as may be\\nrequired for your war-dance do the same with\\nThe Buffalo,\\nuntil you have a herd of them. Paste the flat end of a stick\\nto the buffalo s leg and fasten a thread to the neck and hind\\nlegs, as shown by Fig. 288. With the stick you move the\\nbison along, and with the string you make him throw up his\\nhead and hind legs in a most amusing and comical manner.\\nA Piece of White Muslin,\\nstretched taut, with no Avrinkles, will make your stage, and\\na light behind it will throw the shadows of your puppets on", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0322.jp2"}, "323": {"fulltext": "A Wild West Show in the House. 277\\nthe cloth. The stage should be surrounded with heavy cur-\\ntains, to prevent the operators from being seen, and the light\\nbehind the stage from illuminating the room in front. A\\nbicycle lamp or an ordinary candle will answer for the light.\\nA sheet of smooth Manila paper makes a better stage than\\nthe white cloth it may be tacked upon a frame, or the bot-\\ntom edge be tacked to a kitchen table and the top to a rod,\\nsuspended from the ceiling. The table should be on the\\naudience side of the screen, so that the showmen may have\\nroom to move their puppet-sticks along the inside edge of\\nthe table, and keep the puppets close to the screen of paper.\\nBy changing the cowboy s hat to a soldier s cap or helmet,\\nand puttijig a sword or gun in his hand, you can make as\\nmany cavalrymen from this pattern as you desire to have\\nin the show.", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0323.jp2"}, "324": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXV.\\nHOW TO HAVE A PANORAMA SHOW.\\nAfter you have had a rollicking circus in the attic, and\\na roaring Wild West show in the basement, you can explain\\nto your parents that a panorama is a show of a highly\\nmoral and most genteel character, and you may persuade\\nthem to allow you to have a panorama party in the dining-\\nroom.\\nA Good Panorama\\nis always a thing worth looking at, yet I promise you that\\nthere is more real enjoyment in making a panorama and\\nexhibiting it, than there is in looking at twenty professional\\nexhibitions.\\nThe Subject\\nof the pictures must be your first thought. In their selec-\\ntion you have the widest possible range of choice, from the\\nYankee in King Arthur s Court to Roosevelt with the\\nRough Riders in Cuba, or from The Pilgrim s Progress\\nto Jack the Giant-killer, or Mother Goose.\\nTo those who have acquired the happy art of expressing\\ntheir ideas with pencil and brush, the painting of an original\\npanorama need not be explained but the great majority of\\nboys are unable to make pictures, either with pencil or with\\nbrush, and for them there remains still another method,\\nwhich for beginners is equally, if not more effective.\\n278", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0324.jp2"}, "325": {"fulltext": "A Panorama Show,\\n279\\nWith Paste-pot and Shears,\\nany boy, of ordinai-y ability, may make pictures galore by\\ncutting the figures and even the backgrounds from illus-\\ntrated papers, grouping and arranging them to suit himself,\\nand pasting them neatly upon a long, strong strip or ribbon\\nof paper, suited to winding and unrolling by means of two\\ncylinders or rollers, as shown in Fig. 296.\\nFig. 296. The Panorama.\\nSelect Your Topic\\nfirst, then write out the number of illustrations you wish to\\nmake to tell the story then hunt for a background here, a", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0325.jp2"}, "326": {"fulltext": "28o\\nRainy Day Ideas,\\nforeground there, and houses and people wherever they\\nmay be found. Paste the background on your strip of\\npaper first, then the foreground, and next add the necessary\\nnumber of people, vehicles, animals, and other objects.\\nFig. 297.\\nColored Figures,\\nupon a white background, will be found to be most effective.\\nGiants may be made by taking large-sized prints of men,\\nclipping off their heads and replacing the latter with heads\\nof smaller men. Dwarfs may be made by using the small", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0326.jp2"}, "327": {"fulltext": "A Panorama Show.\\n281\\nprints of men, and substituting big heads for the ones orig-\\ninally belonging to the figures.\\nFig. 296 shows\\nThe Works of the Panorama,\\nnaked and unadorned. But the machinery should be con-\\ncealed, and for this purpose make a box, similar to the one\\nshown in Fig. 297, which is called the stage. It is simply a\\nnarrow box, as shown in Fig. 298, with drapery arranged\\nfrom the outer edges to a small\\nframe at the rear. Fig. 297 is the\\nfront of the finished stage Fig.\\n298 is the rear of same, denuded of\\nits drapery.\\nHiding in the cellar, basement,\\nattic, or woodshed, of almost every\\nhouse, are a lot of packing-cases,\\nbut if from any cause these boxes\\nshould be absent from their accus-\\ntomed places, you must go to your grocer for the material\\nfor your stage.\\nATTy^Bo^TcANfAAKE this;\\nIT I3THE_5TA E^I\\nFig. 298.\\nBuild a Narrow Box,\\nof about the proportions of Fig. 298, and make a frame of\\nfour sticks for the back of the box notch the cross-sticks\\n(Fig. 299) so that they will fit flush, or even, with the inside\\nsurface of the two long pieces (Fig. 300).\\nCut Some Dark Red Canton Flannel\\ninto four pieces, to fit the four sides of your stage frame\\nplait the ends, and tack each plait as the drapery is tacked\\nto the frame, as shown in Fig. 300.", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0327.jp2"}, "328": {"fulltext": "282\\nRainy Day Ideas.\\nAfter all four pieces of drapery are plaited and tacked\\nfast, nail the frame to the back of the stage, as it is shown in\\nFig. 298 then, one piece at a\\ntime, spread the edges of the\\ncloth over the front edges of\\nthe box of the stage and tack\\nthem there, as in Fig. 297.\\nThis will give you a dark-col-\\nored stage frame with a small\\nopening at the back end for\\nthe panorama to slide by, as\\nthe crank of the roller is\\nturned by the showman be-\\nhind the curtain.\\nCurtains must be arranged\\nto hang down on each side of\\nthe stage and be pinned to-\\ngether above and below it.\\nThe Stage\\nshould rest upon a table, and\\nbe lighted by a row of small\\nChristmas-tree candles, or common candles cut oft and made\\nshort.\\nWhatever lights are used, care should be taken to place\\nthem so that there will be no danger from fire.\\nOf course it is not absolutely necessary to use candles for\\nFigs. 299 and 300.\\nFootlights.\\nAny sort of light which will illuminate the panorama\\nwithout obstructing the view of the audience, will answer the\\npurpose; but it is absolutely necessary to have no other", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0328.jp2"}, "329": {"fulltext": "A Panorama Show.\\n283\\nlights burning- in the room while the panorama is being ex-\\nhibited. All the light must be centred upon the pictures.\\nFig. 301 shows\\nHow the Panorama Box\\nis built. There are two holes bored through the top board\\nand through the upper bottom board, but not through the\\niower bottom board. A glance at the diagram will show you\\nthat there are two bottom boards, fitting closely together.\\nBefore putting the pano-\\nrama box together bore holes\\nFig. 301. The Panorama Box.\\nin the top board, at equal\\ndistances from the ends, and\\nas near the front edge as you\\ncan conveniently bore them\\nwithout danger of splitting\\nthe board. These holes are\\nfor the rollers, and should be\\nof sufficient size to allow the\\nrollers to revolve with little friction. In case you have no bit\\nor auger which Avill make large holes. Fig. 302 shows how\\nthe difficulty may be overcome with a small bit, gimlet, or\\nred-hot poker, by boring a number of small holes in a circle\\nand then breaking out the centre-piece of wood smooth-\\ning the inside with a sharp knife. In order that the holes\\nin the bottom board shall be directly under those in the\\ntop, nail the bottom board to the top board with three wire\\nnails, driving them in only just far enough to hold the\\nboards together while the holes are being bored, as shown\\nin Fig. 303. Since the\\nTop Board\\nfits over the side-pieces, and the bottom boards fit between", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0329.jp2"}, "330": {"fulltext": "284\\nRainy Day Ideas.\\nthe side-pieces, it is evident that the bottom boards are\\nshorter than the top board by just the width of the two\\nside-pieces. Be careful to allow for this width at the ends,\\nwhen you nail the boards together, as shown in Fig. 303.\\nAfter the holes are\\nbored through the two\\nboards, nail the top board\\nand bottom boards in\\nplace, as shown in Fig.\\n301.\\nYou must, of course,\\nput the bottom board\\nwith the holes in it, on top\\nof the bottom board without the holes. This will give two\\nsockets, in which to rest and turn the ends of the rollers.\\nMake the Rollers of Broomsticks,\\nii you can secure nothing better, but if you can find some\\nold window-shade rollers they will probably be an improve-\\nment on the broomsticks, as they have metal sockets in\\nwhich they will turn with much less friction than in the\\nwooden ones described above.\\nThe rollers should both be of sufficient length to allow\\na convenient amount of stick to protrude from the top of\\nthe box, as is shown in Fig. 296.\\nA Crank or Windlass\\nhandle, of some kind, is necessary to turn the rollers, and\\nFigs. 304 to 311 show how such handles may be made.\\nIf you wish a comic panorama you have at your disposal\\na vast amount of material. The gorgeously-colored comic", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0330.jp2"}, "331": {"fulltext": "A Panorama Show.\\n285\\nprints of to-day lend themselves readily to the process of\\npicture-making with paste-pot and shears, and all sorts of\\nfunny combinations can be produced, which will delight the\\nHEAD PIECE\\nTO CRANK\\nFigs. 304-311.\\naudience, and, best of all, furnish indoor amusement and\\nwork for the reader when the weather is so boisterous, wet,\\nand sloppy that there is no chance of fun out-of-doors, and", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0331.jp2"}, "332": {"fulltext": "286\\nRainy Day Ideas,\\nthere are many such days, between January and May, each\\nyear.\\nWhen all is done, paint some\\nBig Show-Bills,\\nto hang in the hallway, to be read and admired by the\\nguests. Set the frame stage upon a small table, with the\\npanorama box close against it over the frame a small piece\\nof dark cloth may be thrown, to be removed when the show\\nbegins.\\nThe candles may be set upon a narrow strip of board, in\\nfront of the stage, and if you drive nails in groups of three,\\nalong the board, you will discover that the nails will hold\\nthe candles secure, as shown\\nin the arrangement of the\\nfootlights in Fig. 312.\\nIn front of each candle\\nset\\nA Square Piece of Tin\\nIN THI5 WAY\\n^ARRANGE the FOOTLIGHTS\\nbent to a curve, and with\\nthe concave side next to the\\n312. candle, to act as a reflector,\\nand the convex side next to the audience. The outsides\\nshould be painted dark red, to match the frame and conceal\\nthe light.\\nAt the appointed time\\nTurn Out All the Lights\\nin the room, light the footlights, and remove the cloth from\\nthe box, displaying the first scene.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0332.jp2"}, "333": {"fulltext": "A Panorama Show. 287\\nOne boy should stand in front, as lecturer, and explain\\nthe different pictures, and another boy stand behind the\\ncurtain, winding up the paper as directed by the lecturer.\\nThe audience will have a good time, in proportion to the\\nfun the lecturer puts in his talk, and all will enjoy the show\\nto\\nTHE END.", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0333.jp2"}, "334": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0334.jp2"}, "335": {"fulltext": "INDEX", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0335.jp2"}, "336": {"fulltext": "i", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0336.jp2"}, "337": {"fulltext": "INDEX\\nAncient mariners, 5\\nAnimals, kindness to, ^3^ 34\\nApe, evolution of, 234\\nArab steed, how to make an, 254\\nArmy, to make a pasteboard, 217\\nArtificial water, 206\\nAviary, how to make a back-yard, 63\\nAxe, tree-top club-house built with, 10\\nAxles, car- wheel, 172\\nB\\nBantam coops, 55\\nBeard, Frank, 224\\nBeard, Santa Claus s, 249\\nBed, Daniel Boone cabin, 123 Lin-\\ncoln, 124\\nBinders, to make water club-house\\nfoundation, loi\\nBirds, 63\\nBonbon box, the cabbage, 265\\nBuffalo, to make a herd of, 276\\nBugles, wooden, 141\\nBuilding material, house-boat, 150\\nBumpers, house-boat, 155\\nBunks, house-boat, 164\\nBurgoo, Kentucky, 107; ingredients\\nof a, 109 how to cook a, 109\\nBurgoo master, 108, 109\\nBridge of matches, 206\\nBridle, to make a, 274\\nCabin, how to build and furnish a\\nDaniel Boone, 116 lumber for,\\n118; ground plan of 6 x 10, 119\\nCabin, house-boat, 157; street-car\\nused as, 168\\nCage, to make a galvanized-wire net-\\ning, 39 receiving, 46\\nCake, the Fake, 266, 268\\nCamera, hunting with the, 20\\nCamp dress, women s, 133\\nCamping out. See Daniel Boone\\ncabin, 116\\nCarp, 52\\nCarpet tacks as blow-gun darts, 264\\nCars, back-yard switchback, 170\\nCatfish, 52\\nCentrepiece, house-boat, 151\\nChalk talk, how to give a, 222\\nChestnut wood for foundation posts,\\n75\\nChickens, coops for, 54 need of shel-\\nter for, 54 material for coop, 56\\nChimney, Daniel Boone cabin, 130;\\nstick, 131 Santa Claus s, 238\\nChipmonks, 19 how to trap, 26\\nfood for, 26 wire cage for, 37\\nCircus, a home-made, 191 in the\\nattic, 253\\nClam-bake, the Rhode Island, 107\\nClams, fresh-water, in confinement, 53\\n291", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0337.jp2"}, "338": {"fulltext": "292\\nIndex,\\nClub-house, water, 97\\nClub-house, underground, 8g\\nClub-house, a tree-top, 3; under-\\nground, 4; grape-vine approach to,\\n7 a two-tree, 9 selection of trees\\nfor, 10; how to build, 10; founda-\\ntion of, 14; the vine-tree, 16; three-\\nand four-tree foundation, 18\\nCoat, Santa Claus, 245\\nCobblestones for bracing water club-\\nhouse cribs, 102\\nCollar, back-yard workshop, 80\\nCollins, Captain Bob, 141, 142\\nCowboy, to make a, 273\\nCrank, panorama, 284\\nCrawfish, 52\\nCreepers, nests fOii 65\\nCribs, water club-house foundation,\\n100, 102\\nCrusoe clubs, 97\\nCrusoe raft, 150\\nD\\nDace, 52\\nDaniel Boone cabin, how to build\\nand furnish a, 116; lumber for,\\n118\\nDarts, carpet-tacks as blow-gun, 264\\nDeck, house-boat, 160\\nDoor, back-yard workshop, 82 under-\\nground club-house, 89, 95 back-\\nyard zoo, 4 pigeon and bantam\\ncoop, 58 Daniel Boone cabin, 121,\\n125, 129\\nDrawing-board, chalk-talk, 225\\nDrinking-troughs for pigeons and\\nbantams, 61\\nEnihan. See Lawn hab-enihan, 114\\nFeather-duster as a tail, 254\\nFireplace, Daniel Boone cabin, 122,\\n128, 130 Santa Claus, 237, 243\\nFirst Gentleman. See Pitch-peg-pin\\npitching, 112\\nFirst Lady. See Pitch-peg-pin pitch-\\ning, 112\\nFish, food for, 53\\nFish-pond, a back-yard, 48 how to\\nstock, 52\\nFlat-boatman s horn, 139\\nFlooring, house-boat, 160\\nFloor-joists, Daniel Boone cabin, 120\\nFloor-supports, Daniel Boone cabin,\\n120\\nFlower-pots, bird-nests in, 68\\nFlying-cage for pigeons, 62\\nFlying-squirrel, trapping, 21, 23\\nFootlights, panorama stage, 282\\nFoundation, tree-top club-house, 9, 14,\\n18 back-yard workshop, 76 water\\nclub-house, 97, 99, loi Daniel\\nBoone cabin, 120\\nFoxes, wire cage for, 37 anecdote\\nof, 38\\nFrame, tree-top club-house, 14 un-\\nderground club-house, 92\\nFrogs, house for, 41 varieties of, 42\\nmarket for, 44 the Anderson, 45\\nGames with toothpicks and matches,\\n201\\nGnawers, 21 cages for, 37\\nGoldfish, 52\\nGourds, martin nests in, 66\\nGrape basket, wren nests in, 66\\nGrandmother s reticule, 218", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0338.jp2"}, "339": {"fulltext": "Index.\\n^93\\nH\\nHab. See Lawn hab-enihan, 114\\nHanging-bars, 194\\nHatch, house-boat, 160\\nHorn, flat-boatman s, 139; Captain\\nBob Collin s s, 142 Wabash, 143\\nhow to make a Wabash, 143 to\\nmake a Captain Bob Collins s, 142\\nHouse, how to make a pasteboard,\\n212\\nHouse-boat, canvas-cabined, 166\\nHouse-boat, how to build the American\\nboy s, 146 cost of, 167 168\\nI\\nIndian, to make an, 273\\nIsland, artificial, 104\\nJack-fagots, iio\\nJoggling board, 105\\nJohnson, Colonel Richard, 141\\nK\\nKentucky burgoo, 107\\nM\\nMachine shop, 83, 85\\nMaking up, 262\\nManicora, how to make the, 257\\nMatches, good games with, 201 a\\nbridge of, 206\\nMice, learning, 25; habits of, 27;\\nwhite-footed, 24 as pets, 25 food\\nfor, 26\\nMink, habits of, 31 how to trap, 31;\\nauthor s anecdote of, 32\\nMoa, how to make the, 257\\nMotion, how to suggest, 230\\nMusk-rats, Captain John Smith s de-\\nscription of, 30 how to trap, 31\\nin captivity, 31 cage for, 37\\nMussels, 53\\nN\\nNails, frame of tree-top club-house\\nfastened with, 12\\nNests, pigeon and bantam, 60 birds\\nnests in Washington s coat, 63 the\\nspeaking-horn, 63 woodpecker, 64\\nmartin, 66 wren, 66 tin-can, 68\\nLamps for Daniel Boone cabin, 127\\nLawn hab-enihan, 114\\nLean-to, how to make a, 136\\nLevel, a home-made, 74\\nLizards, house for, 41, 46\\nLockers, house-boat, 158, 164\\nLog house, how to build a, 116\\nLog-rolling, 121\\nLumber for underground club-house,\\n92 for Daniel Boone cabin, n8\\nOilcloth for underground club-house\\nroof, 94\\nOiled paper for glass, Daniel Boone\\ncabin windows, 127\\nOil-stove, 73\\nOld Dan Tucker, no, iii, 112\\nPaddles, how to make, 193\\nPanorama box, how to make, 283\\nPanorama show, a, 218", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0339.jp2"}, "340": {"fulltext": "294\\nIndex.\\nPassageway, underground club-house,\\n93\\nPattern, how to reproduce, for Wild\\nWest show, 270\\nPeepers, how to capture, 45\\nPennsylvania pond stew, 107\\nPheasants, cage for, 37\\nPicnic, how to have fun at a, 105\\nPicnic box, 106\\nPigeons, lofts for, 54 material needed\\nin making, 56 nests for, 60\\ndrinking-troughs for, 61\\nPitch-peg-pin pitching, 1 12\\nPlumb, a home-made, 75\\nPrairie chickens, cage for, 37\\nPurlins, back-yard workshop, 80\\nQuail, wire cage for, 37\\nRabbits, cage for, 37\\nRafters of tree-top club-house, 14\\nback-yard workshop, 79 under-\\nground club-house, 94; house-boat,\\n160\\nRat, 21 short-tailed meadow, 23, 26;\\nwire cage for, 37\\nReceiving-cage, 21\\nReceiving-tank, bath-tub as, 191\\nReins, Arab steed, 256\\nReptiles, house for, 41\\nRibs, house-boat, 156, 157; Arab\\nsteed, 255\\nRidge-plank, how to make a, 79\\nRingmaster, dress of, 259\\nRiver people, 147\\nRiver-rats, 5\\nRobinson Crusoe, 4\\nRock bass, 52\\nRodents, 21 cages for, 37\\nRollers, panorama, 284\\nRoof, tree-top club-house, 14; under-\\nground club-house, 92, 94 Daniel\\nBoone cabin, 123 house-boat, 162\\nRoost, pigeon and bantam, 60\\nRowlocks, house-boat, 163\\nRudder, house-boat, 162\\nRuffed grouse, cage for, 37\\nRunway, doors for, 41\\nSanta Claus, costume for, 245 how to\\nmake two boys into one, 248\\nSanta Claus fireplace, how to make a,\\n237\\nSap-suckers, nests for, 65\\nSettlement, a pioneer, 208\\nShack, how to make a, 135\\nShanty, cost of a, 136\\nShow, a Wild West, 270 a panorama,\\n278\\nShow-bills, panorama, 286\\nShutters for pigeon and bantam coops,\\n59\\nSleigh, how to make a pasteboard, 211\\nSleigh, Santa Claus s, 250\\nSlipperies, 182 war-time, 182\\nSmudge, capturing flying- squirrels\\nwith a, 22\\nSnakes, house for, 41 poisonous, 42\\nvarieties of, 42 superstitions about,\\n43\\nSoldiers, to make pasteboard, 215\\nSpeaking-horn, birds -nests in, 63\\nSquirrel, cage for, ^H\\nStairs, water club-house, 103\\nStability, emblem of, 229\\nStage, panorama, 282", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0340.jp2"}, "341": {"fulltext": "Index.\\n295\\nStag-party, a boys 263\\nStars, to cut five- and six-pointed\\nstars with one clip, 220\\nStarting platform, switchback railway,\\n173\\nStool, cabin, 131\\nStreet-car cabin, house-boat with, 168\\nStruts in tree-top club-house, 18\\nSunfish, 52\\nSupplies, camp, 133\\nSt. Nicholas, our American, 243\\nSwallows, 70, 71\\nSwiss Family Robinson, 4\\nSwitchback, a back-yard, 1 70\\nTable, log cabin, 131 supplies for,\\n137\\nTank, back-yard fish-pond, 48, 49\\nTar used on underground club-house\\nroof, 94\\nTents, cost of, 136\\nTicket-chopper s box, 180\\nToads, house for, 41 superstitions\\nabout, 43, 44\\nToboggan room, 186\\nToboggan slide, how to build a, 182;\\ntropical, 184\\nTools for building tree-top club\\nhouse, 10 for making back-yard\\nzoo, 35 for making back-yard fish-\\npond, 49 for back-yard workshop,\\n73 for making water club-house,\\n98 care of, 86\\nTool-rack, 86, 88\\nToothpicks, good games with, 201\\nTrack, switchback railway, 178\\nTrap, mouse, 24, 25 the wooden box,\\n28 the tin-can, 29 a figure-4, 3\u00c2\u00b0\\nTrapping, 19\\nTree-top club-house, 3\\nTurnpike zoo, 106\\nTurtles, house for, 41\\nU\\nUnderground club-house, 89\\nVentilation, underground club-house,\\n95. 96\\nVirginia soup, 107\\nW\\nWabash horn, 143\\nWalls, tree-top club-house, 14\\nWashington, birds -nests in coat of, 63\\nWater-wheel, how to make a, 192\\nWheels, switchback car, 170\\nWhittling, prevalence of, 139\\nWig, Santa Claus s, 249\\nWild West show, 270\\nWindlass, panorama, 284\\nWindow, back-yard workshop, 82\\nDaniel Boone cabin, 121\\nWire cloth, 36\\nWire, galvanized iron, for back-yard\\nzoo, 36 for pigeon loft and bantam\\ncoop, 58\\nWire netting, 36\\nWoodchucks, 19; as pets, 27; how to\\ntrap, 27 habits of, 30 cage for,\\n37\\nWoodpeckers, nests for, 65\\nWorkshop, a boy s back-yard, 72 how\\nto build, 77\\nWren, nest for, 66\\nZoo, a back-yard, 33", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0341.jp2"}, "342": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0342.jp2"}, "343": {"fulltext": "A NEIV BOOK FOR INVENTIVE BOYS\\nBy DANIEL C. BEARD\\nThe Jack of All Trades\\nOR, NEW IDEAS FOR AMERICAN BOYS\\nProfttsely Illustrated* Square 8vo, $2,00\\nNo writer for boys has a larger or more enthusiastic following\\nthan Mr. Dan. Beard, and the announcement of a new book by him\\nshould be welcome news to his many young friends. The Jack of\\nAll Trades has been written in response to a direct demand from\\nboys from all over the United States and many parts of the British\\nProvinces. From their letters the author discovered that there was\\na great demand for more material along the lines of the American\\nBoy s Handy Book and The Outdoor Handy Book. The Jack\\nof All Trades presents a vast number of new ideas which any boy\\ncan put into execution, and which will be a source of endless delight.\\nCONTENTS\\nPart I. Fair Weather Ideas\\nTree-Top Club-Houses How to Capture and Trap Small Live Animals\\nThe Back-Yard Zoo A Back- Yard Fish-Pond Pigeon and Bantam\\nCoops How to Make a Back- Yard Aviary A Boy s Back-Yard Work-\\nshop How to Build an Underground Club-House A Boys Club-House\\non the Water How to Have Fun on a Picnic How to Build and How to\\nFurnish a Daniel Boone Cabin Flat Boatman s House The American Boy s\\nHouse Boat Back-Yard Switchback How to Build a Toboggan Slide in\\nthe Back-Yard.\\nPart Rainy Weather Ideas\\nA Home-Made Circus Good Games with Toothpicks and Matches Fun\\nwith Scissors and Pasteboard and Paper How to Prepare and Give a Boys\\nChalk Talk A Christmas Novelty for Boys How to Make Two Boys into\\nOne Santa Claus A Circus in the Attic A Boys Stag Party A Wild\\nWest Show in the House How to Have a Panorama Show.\\nCHARLES SCRIBNER S SONS, Publishers\\n(53-J57 Fifth Avenue, New York", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0343.jp2"}, "344": {"fulltext": "THE BEARD BOOKS FOR YOUNG PEOPLE\\nThe Outdoor Handy Book\\nFOR PLAYGROUND, FIELD AND FOREST\\nBy DANIEL C\u00c2\u00bb BEARD\\nWitt more than 300 Illustrations by the Author. Square 8vo, $2.00\\nIt tells how to play all sorts of games with marbles, how to make and spin more kinds\\nof tops than most boys ever heard of, how to make the latest things in plain and fancy kites,\\nwhere to dig bait and how to fish, all about boats and sailing, and a host of other things which\\ncan be done outdoors. The volume is pro-\\nfusely illustrated and will be an unmixed\\ndelight to any boy. New York Tribune.\\nSUMMARY OF CONTENTS\\nThe Outdoor\\nHandy Book\\nBY\\nD.CBeard\\nNew Yo rk.\\nCharles\\nScribneris\\nSons.\\n1900\\nMarbles Tops Latest Things\\nin Kites Aerial Fish and Dragons\\nHoops and Wheels How to\\nMake the Sucker Up in the Air\\non Stilts Bait, Live and Dead\\nFishing Aquatic Sports Rigs of\\nAll Kinds for Small Boats\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Shells\\nand Canoes Hints for Collectors\\nHoney-Bee Messengers A Zoo\\nChoosing Up and It Count-\\ning Out Rhymes Swimming\\nGames of Tag I Spy Leap Frog\\nVarious Sports for Hot Days\\nTip Cat Games of Ball Mumbly\\nPeg, Hop-Scotch, and Jack Stones\\nHints for Bicyclists Camping\\nOut\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Boy s Ballista\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Tally-ho!\\nand Other Cries Indian Games for\\nBoys Football Golf, Hockey,\\nand Shinny Turtle Hunting\\nSkating Stunning Muskrats and\\nFish Snowball Battle and Snow\\nTag Sleds.\\nFrom Charles Dana Gibson It makes a man of a boy and a boy of a man.\\nThis book is praiseworthy from end to end, and will find favor even with those who\\nhave long since passed to man s estate. The Nation.\\nIt is one of the completest things of the kind ever written, and with it one can hardly\\nconceive how a boy could be without pleasant and profitable amusement at anv time. It\\ntreats of directions for every season of the year, in and out of doors, and on lana and water.\\nOne of the best things about it is that it furnishes employment for a boy s ingenuity and\\nmechanical skill. It seems as if this book must be destined to an immense popularity.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2~-The Advance.", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0344.jp2"}, "345": {"fulltext": "THE BEARD BOOKS FOR YOUNG PEOPLE\\nTHE AMERICAN BOY^S HANDY BOOK\\nOtf What To Do and How To Do It\\nBy DANIEL C BEARD\\nOne voltimc, 8vo, fully Illustrated by the Author, $2,00\\nMr. Beard s book tells the active, inventive, and practical American boy\\nthe things he really wants to know; the thousand things he wants to do, and\\nthe ten thousand ways in which he can do them, with the helps and ingen-\\nious contrivances which every boy can either procure or make. The author\\ndivides the book among the sports of the four seasons and he has made an\\nalmost exhaustive collection of the\\ncleverest modern devices, besides\\nhimself inventing an immense num-\\nber of capital and practical ideas.\\nSUMMARY OF CONTENTS\\nKite Time War Kites Novel\\nModes of Fishing Home-made\\nFishing Tackle How to Stock,\\nMake, and Keep a Fresh water\\nAquarium How to Stock and Keep\\na MarineAquarium Knots, Bends,\\nand Hitches Dredge, Tangle, and\\nTrawl Fishing Home-made Boats\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094How to Rig and Sail Small Boats\\nHow to Camp Out Without a\\nTent\u00e2\u0080\u0094 How to Rear Wild Birds\\nHome-made Hunting Apparatus\\nTraps and Trapping Dogs Prac-\\ntical Taxidermy for Boys Snow\\nHouses and Statuary Winged\\nSkaters Winter Fishing Indoor\\nAmusements How to Make a\\nMagic Lantern Puppet Shows\\nHome-made Masquerade and The-\\natrical Costumes With many other\\nsubjects of a kindred nature.\\nIt is an excellent publication, and is heartily recommended to parents.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094The Brooklyn Eagle.\\nThe book has this great advantage over its predecessors, that most of the games, tricks,\\nand other amusements described in it are new. It treats of sports adapted to all seasons of\\nthe year it is practical, and it is well illustrated. 7%^ JVew York Tribune.\\nIt tells boys how to make all kinds of things boats, traps, toys, puzzles, aquariums,\\nfishing tackle how to tie knots, splice ropes, to make bird calls, sleds, blow guns, balloons\\nhow to rear wild birds, to train dogs, and do the thousand and one things that boys take de-\\nlight in. The book is illustrated in such a way that no mistake can be made and the boy\\nwho gets a copy of this book will consider himself set up in business.\\nThe Indianapolis Journal.", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0345.jp2"}, "346": {"fulltext": "THE BEARD BOOKS FOR YOUNG PEOPLE\\nTHE AMERICAN GIRL^S HANDY BOOK\\nHOW TO AMUSE YOURSELF AND OTHERS\\nBy LINA and ADELIA B. BEARD\\nWith nearly 500 Illustrations by the Authors. One volume^ square 8vo, $2*00\\nEight new chapters have been added to the forty-two which have carried\\nthis famous book to the hearts of all the young people since its first appear-\\nance, and everything that the girls of to-day want to know about their sports,\\ngames, and winter afternoon and evening work, is told clearly and simply\\nin this helpful and entertaining volume. The volupie is fully and hand-\\nsomely illustrated from drawings by the authors, whose designs are in the\\nbest sense illustrative of the text.\\nHow to\\nAnius\\nursetf\\nand\\nhers\\nTllE:AMERlGAN:GlRtS\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2HANDY:B00\u00c2\u00bb\\nBY\\nLfna Beard\\nand\\nAdelia EBear\\nN ewV^r k\\nCharles\\nScribner^\\ni Sons\\nSUMMARY OF CONTENTS\\nFirst of April Wild Flowers and\\nTheir Preservation The Walking\\nClub Easter-Egg Games How to\\nMake a Lawn Tennis Net May-\\nDay Sports Midsummer Eve\\nGames and Sports Sea-side Cot-\\ntage Decoration A Girl s Fourth\\nof July An Impression Album\\nPicnics, Burgoos, and Corn-Roasls\\nBotany as Applied to Art Quiet\\nGames for Hot Weather How to\\nMake a Hammock Corn Husk\\nand Flower Dolls How to Make\\nFans All Hallow Eve Nature s\\nFall Decorations and How to Use\\nThem Nutting Parties How to\\nDraw, Paint in Oil-colors, and\\nModel in Clay and Wax China\\nPainting Christmas Festivities,\\nand Home-made Christmas Gifts\\nAmusements and Games for the\\nHolidays Golf Bicycling Swim-\\nming Physical Culture Girls\\nClubs A New Seashore Game\\nApple Target Shooting Water\\nFairies.\\nLouisa M. Alcott wrote I have put it in my list of grood and useful books for younp\\nle, as I have many requests for advice from my little friends and their anxious mothc;\\nam most happy to commend your very ingenious and entertaining book.\\nGrace Greenwood wrote: It is a treasure which, once possessed, no practical gi\\nwould willingly part with. It is an invaluable aid in making a home attractive, comfortaljlc\\nartistic, and refined. The book preaches the gospel of cheerfulness, industry, economy, and\\ncomfort.\\nCHARLES SCRIBNER S SONS, Publishers, J53-I57 Fifth Ave., New York\\nLBFe 09", "height": "3531", "width": "2545", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0346.jp2"}, "347": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3540", "width": "2488", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0347.jp2"}, "348": {"fulltext": "Oc^^^?^7Z.", "height": "3466", "width": "2330", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0348.jp2"}, "349": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3466", "width": "2330", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0349.jp2"}, "350": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3466", "width": "2330", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0350.jp2"}, "351": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3466", "width": "2330", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0351.jp2"}, "352": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3466", "width": "2330", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0352.jp2"}, "353": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3466", "width": "2330", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0353.jp2"}, "354": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3640", "width": "2446", "jp2-path": "newideasforamer00bear_0354.jp2"}}